{"title":"Bulbs \u0026 Live Plants","description":"\u003cp\u003eWe offer a full line of fall and spring bulbs for planting. Including \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/garlic-bulbs\" title=\"Garlic bulbs for sale\"\u003egarlic bulbs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/seed-potatoes\" title=\"Seed potatoes buy online\"\u003eseed potatoes\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/onion-sets\" title=\"onion sets\"\u003eonion sets\u003c\/a\u003e, and much more. Now available for pre-order. Add to cart or sign up for \u003ca title=\"Newsletter sign up\" href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/newsletter-signup\"\u003eour newsletter\u003c\/a\u003e for updates on availability and shipping times.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-hardneck-blue-music","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Hardneck - Blue Music","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 290 days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Music Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, hardneck porcelain garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. Also referenced as “Music” Garlic. A relative of the German Extra Hardy variety. Grows 4-6 large cloves per bulb. This hardy and resilient garlic is perfect for storage and cooking. It is known to produce high yields, according to Michigan State University field trials. Stores for 9 months up to a year. Grows well in cool, northern climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Musik’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10; Northern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 290\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003cem\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are stiff because of the flower stalks (scapes) that develop 1-2 months after the first leaves. These bulbs develop one outer layer of cloves. Somewhat more intense in flavor and winter-hardy than softneck types. Requires exposure to cold temperatures making it favored for northern climates. For growing in warm zones, use a cold treatment by refrigerating the garlic in a paper bag for 10-12 weeks before planting. To encourage bulb development, cut the scape when it reaches half to full curl. The scapes are edible and can be used in recipes requiring garlic.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Uniform, slightly flat bulb shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Porcelain - Very thick bulb wrappers that tightly cover cloves. Develop a few but large cloves. 4-8 cloves per bulb. Richly flavored with a hint of muskiness, generally strong tasting. Store longer than most garlics. Most dense, making them great for medicinal benefits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poor draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMusik Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White to creamy white with light purple accents. Tan to light purple clove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMusik Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, easy peeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Musik Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMusik garlic is best planted just before your first frost date in the fall. Pull the cloves apart from each other, leaving the skin on. Soak the cloves in water for 2 hours before planting. Sow about 2 inches deep with the rounded root end down. Cloves should be spaced 4-6 inches apart with rows being 18 inches apart. Covering with 6-8 inches of straw mulch will help protect your newly planted cloves through the winter. In the spring, avoid overwatering, as too much water will lead to pest and disease problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is important to top hardneck varieties to promote bulb development. When the scapes develop (flower stalk), they will become hard and curled about 1-2 months after the first leaves. Cut these scapes when they are about half to full curl. These can then be used for cooking in any recipe that calls for garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMusik Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is known for its incredible pest control benefits in the home garden due to its strong scent and taste. It is also known to attract beneficial insects like ladybugs, parasitic wasps, and lacewings. Avoid planting asparagus, beans, parsley, peas, and sage next to garlic as they may inhibit each others growth. Do plant with cabbage, chamomile, fruit trees, peppers, roses, spinach, strawberries, and tomatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Musik Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMusik garlic is harvested in the summer months when the lower 3-4 leaves start to brown. Do not leave them in the ground too long as they may start to rot. When removing from the ground be careful not to bruise or damage the bulbs. Loosen the ground around them and remove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Musik Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither lay your harvested garlic with the stalks attached out or hang them in a warm, shady location with gentle air flow. When the neck is dry and the outer skin is papery move them to storage. The curing process usually takes about 2-3 weeks. Braid the stalks together and hang up for storage. The tops may also be cut off for storing the bulbs in a mesh bag. Store in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated location to prevent sprouting. We recommend a location that stays about 45-55F and 50-60 percent relative humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Musik Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Musik Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915043811443,"sku":"64030","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-hardneck-musik-comp.jpg?v=1762449924"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-hardneck-krandasger-red","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Hardneck - Krandasger Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately Mid Summer Maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e. Krandasger Red Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, hardneck, purple stripe group garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. This cold-tolerant garlic is one of the first to emerge in the spring. It produces large, decorative purple-striped bulbs that have a delicious flavor. The garlic scapes are also delicious as a green onion substitute. With highly uniform bulbs that store incredibly well, Krandasger Red garlic will surely become a household staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; Northern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003cem\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are stiff because of the flower stalks (scapes) that develop 1-2 months after the first leaves. These bulbs develop one outer layer of cloves. They are somewhat more intense in flavor and winter-hardy than softneck types. Requires exposure to cold temperatures making it favored for northern climates. For growing in warm zones, use a cold treatment by refrigerating the garlic in a paper bag for 10-12 weeks before planting. Cut the scape when it reaches half to full curl to encourage bulb development. The scapes are edible and can be used in recipes requiring garlic.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Uniform and round bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple Stripe - Have vivid purple striped wrappers. Rich in flavor but not too hot. Most mature mid-season. They are the best types for baking as they develop a sweet flavor. Distinct elongated clove tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrandasger Red Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tan to white with beautiful purple vertical striping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrandasger Red Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic garlic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Krandasger Red Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes over, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inch deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the root side down, at least 4 inches apart from each other. Carefully fill in the furrows and water well. Top dress the soil with mulch or straw of at least 5-6 inches deep. This will help to mitigate any possible frost damage and to retain soil moisture. Do not fertilize at the time of planting. This might encourage the bulb to grow too quickly and then become damaged by the winter temperatures above ground. Fertilize very early in spring, just a few weeks before harvest. The typical planting time is October with harvesting time happening in the early summer or late spring. When the garlic scapes appear in the springtime, cut them off before they flower. These are also edible. Water infrequently and deeply throughout the growing season, stopping about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrandasger Red Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because pests of all kinds do not like to eat it. It can therefore deter pests from nearby plants as well. Krandasger Red can also be stored for a long time, much longer than other vegetables, which extends the enjoyment of the harvest long into the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Krandasger Red Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFall-planted garlic in Northern climates is typically ready to be harvested in July or as late as early August in some areas. Your garlic will indicate its own maturity when at least four leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb pulled appears much smaller than expected, water the rest of the bulbs and repeat the test in about one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Krandasger Red Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet by rinsing it off. Then, in a warm location (less than 90F) and out of direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically or hung upside down with the roots up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Krandasger Red Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Krandasger Red Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915131793523,"sku":"64031","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-hardneck-krandasger-red-Comp.jpg?v=1753997415"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-hardneck-german-red","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Hardneck - German Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 290 Days to Maturity (Mid Summer). \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e. German Red Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, hardneck, Rocambole Group garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. German Red garlic cloves truly are an interesting red color. They have a more earthy taste than typical garlic and can produce up to 8 cloves per bulb! While the outside of the bulb will still appear white, after curing and peeling, you will see a red clove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; Northern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 290 (Mid Summer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003cem\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are stiff because of the flower stalks (scapes) that develop 1-2 months after the first leaves. These bulbs develop one outer layer of cloves. They are somewhat more intense in flavor and winter-hardy than softneck types. Requires exposure to cold temperatures making it favored for northern climates. For growing in warm zones, use a cold treatment by refrigerating the garlic in a paper bag for 10-12 weeks before planting. Cut the scape when it reaches half to full curl to encourage bulb development. The scapes are edible and can be used in recipes requiring garlic.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Uniform and slightly flat bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rocambole - Have thin bulb wrappers with purple striping. It may have a brown-tinted coloration. Have a strong, rich, and deep flavor. The only garlic to form a double bloom. Average 8-10 cloves. Store 5-6 months from harvest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGerman Red Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cream skin with red accents and undertones, tan to red cloves. Uniform, slightly flat bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGerman Red Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Earthy garlic flavor that can sometimes be described as spicy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Average\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing German Red Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inch deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the rounded root side down. Allow at least 4 inches between each clove. Carefully fill in the furrows with soil and water well. Top dress the soil with mulch or straw of at least 5-6 inches deep. This will help to mitigate any possible frost damage and to retain soil moisture. Do not fertilize at the time of planting. This might encourage the bulb to grow too early in the cycle and then become damaged by the winter. Fertilize early in spring up to just a few weeks before harvest. The typical planting time is October, and the typical harvest time is early summer or late spring. When the garlic scapes appear in the springtime, cut them off before they flower. These are also edible. Water infrequently and deeply throughout the growing season and stop watering about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGerman Red Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because pests of many kinds do not like to eat it. It can therefore deter pests from nearby plants. It is also a very low-maintenance plant in general. German Red Garlic can be stored for a moderate amount of time, 2-6 months depending on the quality of the storage location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting German Red Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFall-planted garlic in Northern climates is typically ready to be harvested in July or as late as early August in some areas. Your garlic will indicate its own maturity when at least four leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb pulled appears much smaller than expected, water the rest of the bulbs and repeat the test about one week later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing German Red Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves until after they have cured. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet after harvesting. Then, in a warm location (less than 90F) and away from direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically or with the roots up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life. Curing typically takes 10-14 days. Keep the bulbs intact until the cloves are needed. Store in a cool, dry environment for optimal longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 German Red Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO German Red Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915162366067,"sku":"64032","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/German_Red_Garlic_Person_Comp.jpg?v=1780345186"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-hardneck-duganski","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Hardneck - Duganski","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately Mid Summer Maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e. Duganski Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, hardneck, purple stripe group garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. This high-yielding hard neck produces large, attractive purple bulbs of garlic that store exceptionally well for months. Garlic is an Allium family member, along with onions, leeks, chives, and ornamental alliums. Plant garlic this fall for low-cost culinary flavors next year!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; Northern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003cem\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are stiff because of the flower stalks (scapes) that develop 1-2 months after the first leaves. These bulbs develop one outer layer of cloves. They are more intense in flavor and winter-hardy than softneck types. Requires exposure to cold temperatures making it favored for northern climates. For growing in warm zones, use a cold treatment by refrigerating the garlic in a paper bag for 10-12 weeks before planting. Cut the scape when it reaches half to full curl to encourage bulb development. The scapes are edible and can be substituted in recipes requiring garlic or green onions.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Uniform and round bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple Stripe - Have vivid purple striped wrappers. Rich in flavor but not too hot. Most mature mid-season. They are the best types for baking because they develop a sweet flavor. Distinct elongated clove tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuganski Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White with purple striped skins and purplish red cloves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuganski Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic garlic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Duganski Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes over, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inch deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the root side down and at least 4 inches apart from each other. Carefully fill in the furrows and water well. Cover the soil with at least 4 inches of leaves or 6 inches of straw; this will help to reduce any possible frost damage and to increase soil moisture retention. Do not fertilize at the time of planting; this might encourage the bulb to grow too quickly and then become damaged by the winter. Fertilize very early in spring, just a few weeks before harvest. Favor higher nitrogen fertilizers as most soils are lacking in nitrogen. The typical planting time is October, and the typical harvest time is early summer or late spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the garlic scapes appear in the springtime, cut them off before they flower. These are also edible. Water infrequently and deeply throughout the growing season and stop watering about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on). Avoid planting garlic or any Allium in the same place two years in a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDuganski Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because pests of all kinds do not like to eat it. It can therefore deter pests from nearby plants as well. Duganski can also be stored for a long time, much longer than other vegetables, which extends the enjoyment of the harvest long into the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Duganski Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFall-planted garlic in Northern climates is typically ready to be harvested in July or as late as early August in some areas. Your garlic will indicate its maturity when at least four leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb pulled appears much smaller than expected, water the rest of the bulbs and repeat the test in about one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Duganski Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet by rinsing it. Then, in a warm location (less than 90F) and out of direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically or hung upside down with the roots up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life. Curing takes 10-14 days and is completed when the bulbs and stalks are sufficiently dried. After, store them in a cool, dry place such as the refrigerator. Only break the bulbs when ready to use the cloves; this further preserves the garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Duganski Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Duganski Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915177472115,"sku":"64033","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-hardneck-duganski-Comp.jpg?v=1762449927"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-hardneck-purple-glazer","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Hardneck - Purple Glazer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately Mid Summer Maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e. Purple Glazer Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, hardneck, purple stripe garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. This hardy and easy-to-grow garlic is a favorite among home gardeners for its purple cloves and excellent storage quality. Garlic is an Allium family member along with onions, leeks, chives, and ornamental alliums. Plant garlic this fall for low-cost culinary flavors next year!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; Northern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum var. ophioscorodon\u003cem\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are stiff because of the flower stalks (scapes) that develop 1-2 months after the first leaves. These bulbs develop one outer layer of cloves. They are more intense in flavor and winter-hardy than softneck types. Requires exposure to cold temperatures making it favored for northern climates. For growing in warm zones, use a cold treatment by refrigerating the garlic in a paper bag for 10-12 weeks before planting. Cut the scape when it reaches half to full curl to encourage bulb development. The scapes are edible and can be substituted in recipes requiring garlic or green onions.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Flat, squatty bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple Stripe - Have vivid purple striped wrappers. Rich in flavor but not too hot. Most mature mid-season. They are the preferred types for baking because they develop a sweet flavor. Distinct elongated clove tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Glazer Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White with purple striped satin skins and beige cloves with maroon to purple streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Glazer Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, garlicky yet non-spicy flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Purple Glazer Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes over, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inch deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the root side down and at least 4 inches apart from each other. Carefully fill in the furrows and water well. Cover the soil with at least 4 inches of leaves or 6 inches of straw; this will help to reduce any possible frost damage and to increase soil moisture retention. Do not fertilize at the time of planting; this might encourage the bulb to grow too quickly and then it may get damaged by the cold temperatures. Fertilize early in spring, just a few weeks before harvest. Favor higher nitrogen fertilizers as most soils are lacking in nitrogen. The typical planting time is October, and the typical harvest time is early summer or late spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the garlic scapes appear in the springtime, cut them off before they flower. These are also edible. Water infrequently and deeply throughout the growing season and stop watering about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on). Avoid planting garlic or any Allium in the same place two years in a row. For planting in regions where it won’t get cold enough, before planting place the bulbs in a paper bag in the refrigerator for a few weeks to simulate a period of cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Glazer Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because various common pests do not like to eat it. It can be helpful in deterring pests from nearby plants as well. Purple Glazer can also be stored for a long time, much longer than other vegetables, which extends the enjoyment of the harvest long into the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Purple Glazer Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOctober-planted garlic in Northern climates is typically ready to be harvested in July or as late as early August in some areas. Your garlic will indicate its maturity when at least four leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb pulled appears much smaller than expected, water the rest of the bulbs and repeat the test in about one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Purple Glazer Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet by rinsing it. Then, in a warm location (less than 90F) and out of direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically or hung upside down with the roots up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life. Curing takes 10-14 days and is completed when the bulbs and stalks are sufficiently dried. After, store them in a cool, dry place such as a basement. Only break the bulbs when ready to use the cloves; this further preserves the garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Purple Glazer Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Purple Glazer Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915208896627,"sku":"64034","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-hardneck-purple-glazer-Comp.jpg?v=1762449927"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-softneck-tinchelium-red","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Softneck - Inchelium Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 280 days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e. Inchelium Red Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, softneck, artichoke garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. This large, heirloom garlic variety is one of our best softneck choices. It has a long, excellent storage life and easily produces at least ten large cloves. Garlic is an Allium family member, along with onions, leeks, chives, and ornamental alliums. Plant garlic this fall for low-cost culinary flavors all next year! Inchelium Red received high honors at the Rodale Kitchens Taste test for bold, outstanding flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; Southern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 280\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Softneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are soft and able to be braided for storage. Softeneck varieties develop medium outer cloves with 2-4 layers of small cloves on the inner layers. Preferred for southern climates. It can be stored for 6 months or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Non-uniform, flattened bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Artichoke - The generic garlic most people think of. Common for supermarket retail. 12-20 cloves, many being small internal ones. Very large bulbs that store well. While they usually do not have any red coloration to them, they can often be found labeled as red garlic or Italian garlic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInchelium Red Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White skins with white and red blotched cloves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInchelium Red Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, award-winning garlic flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Inchelium Red Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes over, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inches deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the root side down and at least 4 inches apart from each other. Carefully fill in the furrows and water well. Cover the soil with at least 4 inches of leaves or 6 inches of straw; this will help to reduce any possible frost damage and to increase soil moisture retention. Do not fertilize at the time of planting; this might encourage the bulb to grow too quickly, and then it may get damaged by the cold. Fertilize early in spring, just a few weeks before harvest. Favor higher nitrogen fertilizers as most soils are lacking in nitrogen. The typical planting time is October, and the typical harvest time is early summer or late spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater infrequently but deeply throughout the growing season and stop watering about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on). Avoid planting garlic or any Allium in the same place two years in a row. Doing so can allow pest infestations to become established. We recommend using the practice of crop rotation to prevent pest problems from persevering from year to year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInchelium Red Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because various common pests do not like to eat it. It can be helpful in deterring pests from nearby plants as well. Inchelium Red can also be stored for a long time, much longer than other vegetables, which extends the enjoyment of the harvest long into the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Inchelium Red Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFall-planted garlic in Southern climates is typically ready to be harvested in early to mid-summer. Your garlic will indicate its maturity when at least four leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb pulled appears much smaller than expected, water the rest of the bulbs and repeat the test in about one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Inchelium Red Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet by rinsing it. Then, in a warm location (less than 90F) and out of direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically or hung upside down with the roots facing up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life. Curing takes 10-14 days and is completed when the bulbs and stalks are sufficiently dried. After, store them in a cool, dry place such as the refrigerator. Softneck garlic bulbs can easily last 6-8 months when stored properly. Only break the bulbs when ready to use the cloves; this further preserves the garlic. Softneck types, such as the Inchelium Red, are best stored with the stalks braided together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Inchelium Red Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Inchelium Red Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915234619507,"sku":"64035","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-softneck-tinchelium-red-Comp.jpg?v=1762449929"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-softneck-transylvanian","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Softneck - Transylvanian","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately Mid-Summer Maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e. Transylvanian Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, softneck, artichoke group garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. This high-yielding garlic is loved by all for its ability to produce large garlic bulbs regardless of the size of the clove planted. Typically a smaller clove planted will yield a smaller garlic bulb. However, Transylvanian softneck garlic is unique and loves to produce uniformly large bulbs. To add to that, the bulbs easily store for 6 months or more to extend their usefulness and enjoyment long into the next season!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; Southern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Softneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are soft and able to be braided for storage. Softneck varieties develop medium outer cloves with 2-4 layers of small cloves on the inner layers. Preferred for southern climates. It can be stored for 6 months or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Mostly uniform and round bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Artichoke - The generic garlic most people think of. Common for supermarket retail. 12-20 cloves, many being small internal ones. Very large bulbs that store well. While they usually do not have any red coloration to them, they can often be found labeled as red garlic or Italian garlic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransylvanian Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White or cream skins and cloves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransylvanian Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, award-winning garlic flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Transylvanian Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes over, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inches deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the root side down and at least 4” apart from each other. Carefully fill in the furrows and water well. Cover the soil with at least 4 inches of leaves or 6 inches of straw; this will help to reduce any possible frost damage and to increase soil moisture retention. Do not fertilize at the time of planting; this might encourage the bulb to grow too quickly and then it may get damaged by the cold. Fertilize early in spring, just a few weeks before harvest. Favor higher nitrogen fertilizers as most soils are lacking in nitrogen. The typical planting time is October, and the typical harvest time is mid-summer or late spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater infrequently and deeply throughout the growing season and stop watering about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on). Avoid planting garlic or any Allium in the same place two years in a row to avoid soil depletion. Softneck varieties can also be planted in the spring for a smaller, yet still productive, fall harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransylvanian Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because various common pests do not prefer to eat it. It can be helpful in deterring pests from neighboring plants as well. Transylvanian can also be stored for a long time, much longer than other vegetables, which extends the enjoyment of the harvest long into the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Transylvanian Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFall-planted garlic in Southern climates is typically ready to be harvested in early to mid-summer. Your garlic will show its maturity when 3-4 leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb harvested appears much smaller than expected, leave the rest of the bulbs in the ground, water them, repeat the test in about a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Transylvanian Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet. Then, in a warm location (keep it lower than 90F) and out of direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically on a rack or hung upside down with the roots up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. Soft neck varieties are often braided together before curing to create an attractive display and save space. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life. Curing takes 10-14 days and is completed when the bulbs and stalks are sufficiently dried. After, store them in a cool, dry place such as the refrigerator. Softneck garlic bulbs can easily last 6-8 months when stored properly. Only break the bulbs when ready to use the cloves; this further preserves the garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Transylvanian Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Transylvanian Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915245596787,"sku":"64036","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-softneck-transylvanian-Comp.jpg?v=1762449928"},{"product_id":"garlic-bulbs-softneck-nootka-rose","title":"Garlic Bulbs - Fall - Softneck - Nootka Rose","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 Bulbs Per Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a preorder item that is expected to ship in October. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states, except for Washington and Idaho, due to agricultural restrictions. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately Mid-Summer Maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e. Nootka Rose Seed Garlic Bulbs. Non-GMO, annual, softneck, artichoke garlic bulbs. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. This beautiful, cold hardy softneck garlic has outstanding skin quality making it excellent for storage. Nootka Rose can last ten months or more after being cured and produces a hearty 8-10 cloves per bulb. Try growing garlic this year; you will be surprised how easy it is to get home-grown flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-plant-garlic-bulbs\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Garlic Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9; Southern Climates Preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid-Summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14, at 55F (longer in colder soil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 inches, rounded end down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeason:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fall Planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Softneck (\u003cem\u003eAllium sativum\u003c\/em\u003e) - At maturity, the necks are soft and able to be braided for storage. Softneck varieties develop medium outer cloves with 2-4 layers of small cloves on the inner layers. Preferred for southern climates. It can be stored for six months or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright. Uniform, round bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Group:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silverskin - The last garlic group to mature but stores the longest, lasting up to 10 months or more. One variety may vary in color, taste, size, and maturity from another. Best for braiding. Grown throughout most of the USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-draining soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler, 45-85F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common garlic pests include mites, leafminers, nematodes, and thrips. Overwatering and poorly draining soils encourage pest populations and the presence of common diseases like white rot, Fusarium Basal Plate Rot, and damping off. We recommend using the practice of a 3-5 year crop rotation of the Allium family to prevent pest infestations from year to year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNootka Rose Garlic Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White skins with white cloves with a hint of pink\/beige.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNootka Rose Garlic Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, award-winning garlic flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Cloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Nootka Rose Seed Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn early to mid-fall, at least two weeks before the ground freezes, prepare the growing space by creating 1-2 inch deep furrows 6-12 inches apart. Break the cloves apart when planting and insert them into the furrows with the pointy side up and the root side down and at least 4 inches apart from each other. Carefully fill in the furrows and water well. Cover the soil with at least 4 inches of leaves or 6 inches of straw; this will help to reduce any possible frost damage and to increase soil moisture retention. Do not fertilize at the time of planting; this might encourage the bulb to grow too quickly, and then it may get damaged by the cold. Fertilize early in spring, just a few weeks before harvest. Favor higher nitrogen fertilizers as most soils are lacking in nitrogen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater infrequently and deeply throughout the growing season and stop watering about one week before the expected harvest (usually around when the scapes come on). Do not overwater. Avoid planting garlic or any Allium in the same place two years in a row to avoid soil depletion and perpetuated pest populations. Softneck varieties can also be planted in the spring for a smaller yet productive fall harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNootka Rose Garlic Bulbs in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic is great to grow in the garden because various common pests do not prefer to eat it. It can help deter pests from neighboring plants as well. Nootka Rose can also be stored for a long time, much longer than other vegetables, which extends the enjoyment of the harvest long into the next season. Garlic is also a great choice for planting in the garden bed during the “off-season,” but they take up little space even during the summer!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Nootka Rose Garlic Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFall-planted garlic in Southern climates is typically ready to be harvested in early to mid-summer. Your garlic will show its maturity when at least four leaves on the stalks start to turn yellow, brown, and floppy. Carefully loosen the soil around the bulb with a trowel or other tool and firmly pull straight upward at the base of the stalk. If the first bulb harvested appears much smaller than expected, leave the remaining bulbs in the ground, water them, and repeat the test in about a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCuring and Storing Nootka Rose Garlic Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter harvesting the garlic bulbs, do not remove any stalks or leaves. Shake off any excess soil but avoid getting it wet by rinsing it. Then, in a warm location (keep it lower than 90F) and out of direct sunlight, the bulbs can either be dried vertically on a rack or hung upside down with the roots up. Be sure to allow room between each bulb for maximum airflow. Soft neck varieties are often braided together by home gardeners before curing to create an attractive display and save space. This curing process prepares the garlic for storage and greatly increases the shelf-life. Curing takes 10-14 days and is completed when the bulbs and stalks are sufficiently dried. After, store them in a cool, dry place such as the refrigerator. Softneck garlic bulbs can easily last 6-8 months when stored properly. Only break apart the bulbs when ready to use the cloves; this further preserves the garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e3 Nootka Rose Garlic Bulbs Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnderstanding Garlic Bulb Size Differences 🌱\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic bulb seeds and harvested garlic bulbs can vary in size due to a number of natural factors. Here's why:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Stages 🌱:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic grown for harvesting is often cultivated under specific conditions to produce large, uniform bulbs. When garlic is grown for seed, the priority is on the quality of the cloves and their ability to sprout, rather than size. This means that while seed garlic may be smaller or vary in size, it’s still highly viable and will produce healthy plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenetic Diversity 🧬:\u003c\/strong\u003eGarlic is an ancient crop with many varieties that can vary naturally in size. Each type has its own growth habits, clove formation, and size potential. This diversity is what makes garlic such a wonderful and versatile plant to grow!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnvironmental Factors 🌦️:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final size of a garlic bulb is influenced by weather, soil health, and growing conditions. Different environmental factors during cultivation can cause variations in size—even among the same variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose of Seed Garlic 🌾:\u003c\/strong\u003e The key consideration with seed garlic is not necessarily the size of the bulb but the health and viability of each clove. Smaller seed garlic can be just as productive in your garden as larger bulbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe assure you that whether large or small, all our garlic seed bulbs are of the highest quality and ready to produce delicious garlic in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eIf you have any concerns or questions, feel free to reach out. We appreciate your understanding and support of natural farming practices! 🌿✨\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Nootka Rose Garlic Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":40915257131123,"sku":"64037","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/garlic-bulbs-softneck-nootka-rose-Comp.jpg?v=1759501243"},{"product_id":"seed-potatoes-yukon-gold","title":"Seed Potatoes - Spring - Yukon Gold (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis item is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-100 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eSolanum tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e 'Yukon Gold'. Yukon Gold Seed Potatoes. Non-GMO, cool-season annual, heirloom, Seed Potatoes. Yukon Gold potatoes are a worldwide favorite for flavor. These decadent tubers have supreme storage ability and are resistant to Potato A Virus. With proper care, Yukon Gold potatoes are easy to grow. They are tolerant of moderate cold and light frosts making them perfect for getting a head start on your garden each spring.While they are considered a main crop type, they can be harvested earlier upon personal size and taste preference. ~5-8 sets\/lb when cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-potatoes-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Potatoes Guide 🥔\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eSolanum tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e 'Yukon Gold'\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Annual in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-100, May be harvested as early as 65 Days upon size and taste preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-28\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches, hill up with continued growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil. A loose sandy loam is best to support tuber development. Avoid heavy clay soils as this will prove a challenge for the expanding tubers. Neutral to acidic pH of 5.8-6.5 is recommended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Potato A Virus, mild mosaic, and leafroll virus. Susceptible to virus Y, common scab, and hollow heart. Many diseases and rot can be avoided with consistent, but not too much soil moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYukon Gold Seed Potatoes Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tubers with yellow flesh, shallow pink eyes, and green leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYukon Gold Seed Potatoes Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, smooth, and buttery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Main Crop - Sometimes harvested as earlies. Also known as “Second Earlies”.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Yukon Gold Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBury seed potatoes in loose, neutral to acidic soil in early spring. They can handle light frosts. It is best to use seed potatoes rather than cutting your own to ensure that each “seed” is disease free and has an eye that will sprout a plant. Seed potatoes are also less likely to mold or decay in the soil because they are the propper age for growth. Start by digging a trench about 6-8 inches deep. Tubers should be buried 3-4 inches deep and 12-15 inches apart. Smaller spacing can be used, but it may affect overall yields. Excess soil from digging the trench can be used throughout the season for hilling up. Not covering potatoes deep enough can result in high set tubers being exposed to sunlight and becoming green. As the plants grow, hill up the soil around them to boost yields and avoid exposed tubers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFertilize at the time of planting and once again when the seedlings have emerged. Water regularly throughout the early and mid-season. Once the vines begin to naturally die off (about 70 days), decrease watering and cease any fertilization. This is a signal that the potatoes are getting ready to be harvested. If your fall frost is coming and the green bush is not turning brown yet, kill them by cutting the stem down. The potatoes need 2-3 weeks in the soil after vine die off to develop a good skin for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYukon Gold Seed Potatoes in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotato plants are a staple for every homesteader or home gardener wishing to store away food for the winter. These beautiful bushy plants produce numerous tubers beneath the soil. When it comes time for harvest, it is like digging up buried treasure! We recommend using crop rotation practices to reduce issues with pests from season to season. Avoid growing tomatoes, eggplant, peppers, and potatoes in the same location two years in a row. Using a three or more year rotation schedule is best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Yukon Gold Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the potatoes have been left to cure in the soil for 2-3 weeks after the bush turns brown, carefully dig up the tubers. Use a shovel or spade 10-12 inches away from the base of the plant to loosen the soil. Remove the tubers and carefully break them off of the main plant if necessary. Hand removal is the best for avoiding punctures. Store in a cool place with high humidity (90-95%) for extended storage life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Yukon Gold Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYukon Gold potatoes are oval in shape with shallow eyes and beautiful golden flesh. The tubers readily grow quite large and should be monitored to not get too oversized. Oversized tubers are more susceptible to various problems and diseases. To avoid this, simply harvest at 100 days or earlier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety is one of the most desirable for the perfect mashed potato. The buttery flesh becomes creamy and rich when cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYukon Gold potatoes were developed and released jointly by Agriculture Canada and the University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada in 1981. They quickly became a crowd favorite for farmers, chefs, home cooks, and home gardeners alike. They are easy to grow with good disease tolerance and perform beautifully in storage and the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYukon Golds specifically have variable eye development and therefore can struggle to establish new plants by simply saving and cutting a tuber. Seed potatoes are the best for ensuring a good crop each year. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these potatoes to make delicious mashed potatoes, roast them on a sheet pan, or thinly slice them for supreme scalloped potatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I always choose Yukon Gold for making mashed potatoes from scratch. They have the best texture that requires little alteration to make the most decadent mashed side dish.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eYukon Gold Seed Potatoes Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Lb - Wholesale - Approximately 10-15 Sets (when cut)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Lb - Wholesale - Approximately 30-35 Sets (when cut)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 50-75 Sets (when cut)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Yukon Gold Seed Potatoes seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Lb","offer_id":41180899049587,"sku":"71625","price":19.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":41180899082355,"sku":"71652","price":31.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 LB","offer_id":41180899115123,"sku":"71653","price":45.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Potato-Yukon-Gold-Comp_1.jpg?v=1757115111"},{"product_id":"seed-potatoes-red-pontiac","title":"Seed Potatoes - Spring - Red Pontiac (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis item is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-100 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eSolanum tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e 'Red Pontiac'. Red Pontiac Seed Potatoes. Non-GMO, cool-season annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, Seed Potatoes. One of the most well-known and best-selling red potatoes in the United States and Canada, Red Pontiac potatoes are an all-in-one tuber suitable for storage, transporting, and cooking. Once cooked, they retain their shape quite well making them ideal for potato salad, soups, and stews. Red Pontiac potatoes have a subtle, sweet flavor. ~5-8 sets\/lb when cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-potatoes-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Potatoes Guide 🥔\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eSolanum tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e 'Red Pontiac'\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches, hill up with continued growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright bushy vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil. Sandy and loose. Neutral to acidic. This variety performs well in heavy soils as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unfortunately, potatoes are a favorite of pests, including aphids, slugs, and leafhoppers. Consistent watering habits are the best defense against diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Pontiac Seed Potatoes Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red-skinned tubers with white to pinkish flesh and green leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Pontiac Seed Potatoes Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Subtlety sweet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Red Pontiac Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs soon as you receive your seed potatoes encourage them to sprout (called ‘chitting’) by placing them in an open egg carton in a warm, sunny place. Face the blunt end down and angle the side with the most eyes upward. The shoots should be about 1-inch long before planting. Bury seed potatoes in loose, neutral to acidic soil in early spring. They can handle moderately cold temperatures and light frosts, but be sure to protect from a hard freeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Pontiac potatoes are grown just like other potato varieties. Tubers should be buried at least 3-4 inches deep and 12-15 inches apart. Not planting seed potatoes deep enough can result in high-set tubers being exposed to sunlight and becoming green. Starting when the plants reach about 8 inches high, hill up the soil around them periodically to avoid the tubers from poking out as they grow. Repeat until the mounds are 8-12 inches tall. Mounding up some earth above some leaves will not hurt the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFertilize at the time of planting and once again when the seedlings have emerged. Water regularly throughout the early and mid-season. Infrequently and deeply is best. In some regions, rainfall may be sufficient. Once the vines begin to naturally die off (about 70 days), decrease watering. This is a signal that the potatoes are getting ready to be harvested. If your fall frost is coming and the green bush is not turning brown yet, kill them by cutting the stem down. The potatoes need 2-3 weeks in the soil after the vine dies off to develop a good skin for storage. Do not plant potatoes in the same location more than every 3-4 years. Practicing crop rotation will reduce the incidence of disease and soil depletion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Pontiac Seed Potatoes in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotato plants are a staple for every homesteader or home gardener wishing to store away food for the winter. These beautiful bushy plants produce large tubers beneath the soil. When they are ready to harvest, it is like digging up buried treasure! In an edible landscape, potatoes are great for filling in greenery to highlight other colorful plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Pontiac Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the potatoes have been left to cure in the soil for 2-3 weeks after the bush turns brown, carefully dig up the tubers. Use a shovel or turning fork 12-18 inches away from the base of the plant to loosen the soil. Remove the tubers from the soil. Hand removal is the best for avoiding punctures. Store in a cool place (45F) with high humidity (90-95%) for extended storage life. They can last through the cool winter months in good conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Pontiac Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Pontiac potatoes can also be called Dakota Chief. They are oblong with a slightly waxier texture that helps them retain their shape better during the cooking process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety is considered a high yielder, producing tubers ideal for baking, roasting, and mashing. They retain their shape well for things like soups, stews, and potato salad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Pontiac potatoes are a color variation on the Pontiac potato and have become the best, all-purpose red potato on the market. The mutilation was originally discovered in Florida but was bred more thoroughly in Michigan before being released by the USDA in 1938.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed potatoes are the best for ensuring a healthy good crop each year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed skinned potatoes have unique health benefits from other potatoes. Their red skin contains fiber, B vitamins, iron, and potassium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Red Pontiac Potatoes always remind me of the potato salad that my husband’s family loves. They prefer a sweet potato salad with sweet pickles. I prefer dill pickles which create more of a savory dish. Either way, Red Pontiac is the best variety to use!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:=\"\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Pontiac Seed Potatoes Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Lb - Wholesale - Approximately # Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Lb - Wholesale - Approximately # Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately # Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Pontiac Seed Potatoes seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Lb","offer_id":41182650138739,"sku":"71627","price":19.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":41182650171507,"sku":"71658","price":31.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 Lb","offer_id":41182650204275,"sku":"71659","price":45.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Potato-Red-Pontiac-Comp_1.jpg?v=1757115114"},{"product_id":"seed-potatoes-russet","title":"Seed Potatoes - Spring - Russet (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis item is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-120 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eSolanum tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e. Russet Seed Potatoes. Non-GMO, cool-season annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, Seed Potatoes. One of the most well-known and best-selling potatoes in the United States, Russet potatoes are an all-in-one tuber suitable for various culinary applications. Once cooked, the internal flesh becomes light and fluffy, making them wonderful choices for frying, mashing, and baking. Russet potatoes store well and are a staple food item in many homes. ~5-8 sets\/lb when cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-potatoes-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Potatoes Guide 🥔\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eSolanum tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Annual in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches, hill up with continued growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright bushy vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil. Sandy and loose. Neutral to acidic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-65 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch out for aphids, leafhoppers, and flea beetles. Consistent watering habits are the best defense against diseases. Resistant to potato blight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRusset Seed Potatoes Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown skin, white flesh, and green leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRusset Seed Potatoes Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, fluffy, and earthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Russet Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBury seed potatoes in loose, neutral to acidic soil in early spring. They can handle moderately cold temperatures and light frosts. Using seed potatoes rather than cutting your own is best to ensure that each “seed” has an eye that will sprout a healthy plant. Seed potatoes are also less likely to mold or decay in the soil because they are ready for planting. Russet potatoes are grown very similar to other potato varieties but are expected to grow larger. Start by digging a trench 6-8 inches deep. Tubers should be buried at least 4 inches deep and 12-15 inches apart. The excess soil will be used to hill up around the tubers as they grow. Not planting seed potatoes deep enough can result in high-set tubers being exposed to sunlight and becoming green. Starting when the plants reach about 8 inches high, hill up the soil around them periodically to avoid the tubers from poking out. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFertilize at the time of planting and once again when the seedlings have emerged. Water regularly throughout the early and mid-season. Once the vines begin to naturally die off (about 70 days), decrease watering. This is a signal that the potatoes are getting ready to be harvested. If your fall frost is coming and the green bush is not turning brown yet, kill them by cutting the stem down. The potatoes need 2-3 weeks in the soil after the vine dies off to develop a good skin for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRusset Seed Potatoes in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotato plants are a staple for every homesteader or home gardener wishing to store away food for the winter. These beautiful bushy plants produce large tubers beneath the soil. When they are ready to harvest, it is like digging up buried treasure! In an edible landscape, potatoes are great for filling in greenery to highlight other colorful plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Name of Russet Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the potatoes have been left to cure in the soil for 2-3 weeks after the bush turns brown, carefully dig up the tubers. Use a shovel or turning fork 24-30 inches away from the base of the plant to loosen the soil. Remove the tubers from the soil. Hand removal is the best for avoiding punctures. Store in a cool place (45F) with high humidity (90-95%) for extended storage life. They can last several months in good conditions and even longer in some situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Russet Seed Potatoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRusset potatoes are oblong with thick skin, making them perfect for longer-term storage and transportation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety is ideal for a light and fluffy mashed potato. It is also often used for french fries as they create a crispy exterior and fluffy interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRusset potatoes, often called Russet Burbanks, were developed by Luther Burbank in the late 1800s. The purpose was to develop a potato that would resist the virus that caused the potato famine in Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed potatoes are the best for ensuring a healthy good crop each year. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these potatoes to make classic baked potatoes, roast them on a sheet pan in cubes, or thinly slice and fry them for a delicious side dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"From personal experience I can attest that potato plants and seed potatoes can only handle light frosts. Hard frosts will kill the tuber and plant. I also learned this year that they must have full sun. I tried planting a few plants in part sun to see if they would be okay and the tubers produced were tiny and inedible.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRusset Seed Potatoes Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Lb - Wholesale - Approximately # Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Lb - Wholesale - Approximately # Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately # Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Russet Seed Potatoes seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Lb","offer_id":41183537594483,"sku":"71626","price":9.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":41183537627251,"sku":"71655","price":15.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 Lb","offer_id":41183537660019,"sku":"71656","price":21.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Potato-Russet-organic-Comp.jpg?v=1757115112"},{"product_id":"asparagus-crowns-jersey-giant","title":"Asparagus Crowns - Spring - Jersey Giant","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in February to March for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAsparagus officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Jersey Giant’. Jersey Giant Asparagus Crowns. Non-GMO, perennial, 1-year crowns. Jersey Giant is well-adapted to the South, making it a valuable choice for regions with warmer climates. It has a sweet flavor, tender texture, and is known for high yields with very little to no seed production. The variety exhibits excellent disease resistance, being tolerant to rust, Fusarium, other foliar diseases, and crown rot. It is recognized by the extension services of ten Southern states, indicating its suitability for a wide range of conditions in the region.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-asparagus-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Asparagus Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAsparagus officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Jersey Giant’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 365\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inch trench (add compost) with roots covered 3 inches deep. Position the crown at soil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, rhizome spreading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, loamy soil with a pH between 6.5-7.0.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists fusarium, crown rot and rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJersey Giant Asparagus Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJersey Giant Asparagus Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, balanced flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Jersey Giant Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a sunny location with well-drained, loamy soil and ensure a slightly acidic to neutral pH between 6.5-7.0. Dig a trench about 10 inches deep. Add about 3 inches of compost or well-aged manure. This will support growth over the coming years. Add some of the removed soil back to the trench creating a ridge for planting. Space plants 18 inches apart with rows at least 18 inches apart, providing ample room for growth. Plant the bud\/crown approximately at soil level with the crown on top of the ridge and the roots extending downward. The roots should be covered with at least 3 inches of soil. Firm in and water. Planting is typically done in early spring. Crowns should be well-established after a few years. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the second year, lightly harvest about half the spears when 6 inches tall. Adequate irrigation is crucial, with 1 to 2 inches of water per week during the early years, gradually reducing to every 2-3 weeks after the fourth year. Mulching around the plants with compost or grass clippings helps retain soil moisture and control weeds. Pruning is a key aspect, and it is recommended to wait until all foliage has turned brown or yellow after the first frost, cutting the plants back to the soil surface and applying mulch for protection. Vigilance against common pests like asparagus beetles and diseases such as crown and spear rot is essential. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eJersey Giant Asparagus in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJersey Giant asparagus is primarily grown in the garden for its delicious and tender spears. In both home and commercial gardens, it serves as a valuable perennial vegetable crop, offering a sweet flavor and high yields. Its adaptability to the Southern climate makes it a sought-after choice for regions with warmer temperatures. While its primary use is as a culinary delight, providing fresh, homegrown asparagus for a variety of dishes, it may also contribute to the overall garden ecosystem. As a perennial, it establishes itself as a reliable, long-term crop, and its disease resistance can contribute to a healthier garden environment. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Jersey Giant Asparagus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Jersey Giant asparagus involves a careful and timely process to ensure optimal flavor and tenderness. The readiness for harvest is indicated when the spears reach around 5 inches in height. It's crucial to cut the spears before they exceed this length, especially in warmer climates where higher temperatures can cause the spears to open early. To harvest, use a sharp knife or asparagus harvesting tool to cut the spears at or slightly below the soil surface. Avoid harvesting in the first year as this may prevent your crop from returning in the coming years. In the second year, harvest half the crop with a full harvest occurring in the third year. Harvesting should be done regularly during the asparagus season, typically in the early spring. After harvesting, the spears can be stored in the refrigerator for a short period, up to a week, to maintain their freshness. For longer-term storage, blanching and freezing the spears is a recommended method. Additionally, it's advisable to mow down the plant stalks after the foliage has died to promote a healthier growth cycle for the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Jersey Giant Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJersey Giant asparagus, developed by a largely male hybrid, is well-adapted to the South, making it a valuable addition to gardens in Southern states where it is recommended by ten university extension services. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnown for its sweet flavor and tender texture, this variety boasts high yields and produces very little to no seed, contributing to its popularity among gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNotably, it shows excellent resistance to diseases such as rust, Fusarium, and crown rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure the best results, it's essential to cut the spears before they exceed 5 inches, especially in temperatures above 70 F. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plant prefers well-worked, fertile, humus-enriched soil and reaches a height of 4 to 5 feet. Regular harvesting promotes continuous production, and mowing down the plant stalks after the foliage dies aids in its overall health. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich in essential nutrients, asparagus is a nutritious addition to the diet, providing vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"For optimal growth and spear production with Jersey Giant asparagus, consider incorporating a layer of organic mulch around the plants. This mulch serves a dual purpose: it helps retain soil moisture, crucial for the development of tender spears, and it suppresses weed growth, reducing competition for nutrients. However, to maximize its effectiveness, choose a mulch that breaks down over time, such as straw or well-aged compost. This not only provides a continuous source of organic matter to the soil but also encourages the development of beneficial soil microorganisms. As the mulch breaks down, it contributes to the overall health of the asparagus bed, promoting a nutrient-rich environment for sustained growth and high yields.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eJersey Giant Asparagus Crowns Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Jersey Giant Asparagus Crowns are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"5 Crowns","offer_id":41200306421875,"sku":"71624","price":7.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 Crowns","offer_id":41200306454643,"sku":"71649","price":10.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Crowns","offer_id":41200306487411,"sku":"71650","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/asparagus-crowns-jersey-giant-Comp.jpg?v=1762450624"},{"product_id":"asparagus-crowns-mary-washington","title":"Asparagus Crowns - Spring - Mary Washington","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in February to March for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAsparagus officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Mary Washington’. Mary Washington Asparagus Crowns. Non-GMO, perennial vegetable, heirloom, 1-year crowns. Mary Washington is one of the most popular and enduring varieties of asparagus. It produces medium to large purplish-tinged, tender, and flavorful shoots. Known for its good rust and fusarium resistance, this variety is an early spring crop and a long-lasting perennial, making it a low-maintenance addition to the garden. It can be enjoyed fresh, grilled, or steamed, offering essential vitamins and minerals. The uniform spears and heavy yield make it a reliable choice for home gardeners. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-asparagus-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Asparagus Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAsparagus officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Mary Washington’ \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 365\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inch trench (add compost) with roots covered 3 inches deep. Position the crown at soil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-60 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, rhizome spreading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, loamy soil with a pH between 6.5-7.0.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Potential pests include cutworms, asparagus beetles, European asparagus aphids, tarnished plant bugs, thrips, lygus bugs, and mites. Disease resistance includes crown and spear rot, fusarium wilt, purple spot, rust, and asparagus viruses I \u0026amp; II.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMary Washington Asparagus Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, purplish tinged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMary Washington Asparagus Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nutty and sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Mary Washington Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a sunny location with well-drained, loamy soil and ensure a slightly acidic to neutral pH between 6.5-7.0. Start by digging a trench about 10 inches deep. Add about 3 inches of well-rotted manure or compost into the center of the trench to prepare a fertile environment. Replace some of the removed soil to form a ridge down the length of your trench. Plant the bud\/crown approximately at soil level on top of the ridge with the roots extending downward over the edges of the mound. This ridge helps provide good drainage and support to the crown. Cover the roots with at least 3 inches of soil. Firm in and water. Space plants 18 inches apart with rows also at least 18 inches apart. Planting is typically done in early spring. While the exact days to maturity are not specified, crowns should be well-established for at least 3 years before gathering a full harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the first two years, lightly harvest spears until the plants are well-established. In the second year you can harvest about half of your asparagus crop when it is about 6 inches tall. Adequate irrigation is crucial, with 1 to 2 inches of water per week during the early years, gradually reducing to every 2-3 weeks after the fourth year. Mulching around the plants with compost or grass clippings helps retain soil moisture and control weeds. Pruning is a key aspect, and it is recommended to wait until all foliage has turned brown or yellow after the first frost, cutting the plants back to the soil surface and applying mulch for protection. Vigilance against common pests like asparagus beetles and diseases such as crown and spear rot is essential. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMary Washington Asparagus in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMary Washington Asparagus serves as a versatile and valuable addition to both home and commercial gardens. Beyond its primary role as a perennial vegetable crop, it offers additional benefits to the garden ecosystem. The feathery fern-like foliage produced after spear harvest enhances the aesthetic appeal of the garden and can be used in floral arrangements, adding a touch of grace. While not widely recognized as a companion plant or pest deterrent, its robust growth and dense foliage contribute to weed suppression, fostering a cleaner and more manageable garden environment. Furthermore, as a long-lasting perennial, Mary Washington Asparagus provides a stable and reliable element in the garden landscape. Its adaptability to a variety of climates and soil conditions makes it a resilient choice for gardeners seeking a low-maintenance, high-yield vegetable crop with additional aesthetic and ecological benefits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mary Washington Asparagus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Mary Washington Asparagus involves a careful and timely process to ensure optimal flavor and ongoing productivity. Asparagus spears should be lightly harvested during the first two years until the plants are well-established. By the third year, a full harvest can commence, typically from late April until the spears begin to thin, usually in late June. Spears are ready for harvest when they reach a length of 5 to 9 inches. Harvesting is done by either cutting just below the soil surface or snapping the spear off just above the ground by bending it from the top toward the soil. Morning harvests are recommended when air temperatures are cooler. After harvest, immerse the spears in ice water, drain, pat dry, and refrigerate immediately. This refrigeration method can keep the asparagus fresh for up to a week. For longer storage, freezing is an option. First, blanch the spears for two minutes in boiling water, dry on paper towels, and place them in freezer bags for later use. Regular and careful harvesting not only ensures a delectable supply of asparagus but also promotes the long-term health and vigor of the plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mary Washington Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMary Washington Asparagus is a well-known heirloom variety that has been cherished by gardeners for its exceptional flavor and reliable performance. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginating in the United States, Mary Washington is a cold-hardy perennial that thrives in USDA hardiness zones 3-9. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety, known for its resistance to rust and Fusarium, is a popular choice for home gardens due to its ease of cultivation and ability to produce an abundance of medium to large, purplish-tinged, tender shoots. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMary Washington Asparagus is dioecious and produces all female plants. The berries that they produce are toxic and should not be consumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e To ensure successful cultivation, it's essential to plant Mary Washington in well-drained, loamy soil with a pH between 6.5-7.0. Adequate sunlight, spacing of 18 inches between plants, and rows spaced a minimum of 18 inches apart are recommended. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsparagus plants, including Mary Washington, benefit from a balanced fertilizer application, particularly phosphorus and potassium, with the first three years requiring more frequent fertilization. It's crucial to avoid overharvesting during the early years to promote long-term plant health. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMary Washington stands out not only for its delicious spears but also for its contribution to floral arrangements through its graceful, feathery fern-like leaves. Asparagus, in general, is a nutritious addition to diets, rich in essential vitamins and minerals. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Try companion planting with tomatoes. Planting tomatoes near your asparagus can provide mutual benefits. Tomatoes repel the common asparagus beetle, a potential pest for asparagus plants. Conversely, the asparagus emits certain compounds that are believed to enhance the flavor and health of nearby tomatoes. This symbiotic relationship not only promotes a healthier garden ecosystem but also adds a practical and flavorful touch to your home garden. Just ensure adequate spacing between the plants to prevent competition for resources, and enjoy the benefits of this dynamic gardening duo.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMary Washington Asparagus Crowns Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 Asparagus Crowns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mary Washington Asparagus Crowns are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 Crowns","offer_id":41200335061107,"sku":"71622","price":7.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 Crowns","offer_id":41200335093875,"sku":"71647","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Crowns","offer_id":41200335126643,"sku":"71648","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/asparagus-crowns-mary-washington-Comp.jpg?v=1759501251"},{"product_id":"rhubarb-crowns-valentine","title":"Rhubarb Crowns - Valentine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship from March to April. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eRheum rhabarbarum\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Valentine’. Valentine Rhubarb Crowns. Non-GMO, perennial. This cold-hardy and heat-tolerant cultivar boasts thick, deep red petioles, making it visually striking in any garden. Unlike some rhubarb varieties, Valentine produces few to no seeds, contributing to its vigorous growth and ensuring that the plant's energy is directed towards the development of tart, low-acid stalks. Valentine Rhubarb has earned its place as a favorite among home gardeners. This variety is well-suited for various culinary delights, from traditional pies and tarts to puddings, bread, muffins, cakes, jam, jellies, and refreshing beverages. Developed for hardiness in zones 4-9, Valentine Rhubarb is adaptable and easy to grow. Its versatility makes it an excellent addition to gardens across different climates. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-rhubarb-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Rhubarb Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eRheum rhabarbarum\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Valentine’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 365\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-42 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, wel-drained soil. We recommend amending your soil with worm castings, compost, or well-rotted manure. Maintain moist, but not soggy conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Below 75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tolerant to rabbits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValentine Rhubarb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long, deep red stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValentine Rhubarb Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tart, low acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Valentine Rhubarb Crowns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by selecting a well-drained planting site that receives full sun exposure. These robust plants prefer moist soil enriched with compost, aged manure, or worm castings. Plant the rhubarb crowns by burying the roots, leaving new shoots nearly protruding from the soil, and spacing them 24-36 inches apart. Firm the soil and water deeply to ensure the establishment of strong roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring is an ideal time for planting Valentine Rhubarb. Avoid soaking the roots; instead, plant them directly into the garden. At the end of the growing season, offer a nutrient boost with a top dressing of well-rotted garden compost, avoiding piling it around the stems. Keep the planting area weed-free and provide occasional extra deep watering during dry periods. This vegetable needs full sun exposure, promoting robust growth and vibrant color in the stalks. As the plant matures, maintain a temperature below 75F for optimal stalk development. Watch out for potential pests. Remove any flower heads that may appear in early spring promptly to redirect energy toward stalk production. The plants may go dormant in mid to late summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eValentine Rhubarb in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eValentine Rhubarb isn't just a delightful addition to the garden; it's a versatile and flavorful perennial that plays several roles. Its thick red stalks, rich in sweet, low-acid flavor, make it a favorite for zesty sauces and pies, requiring less added sugar. This robust plant can serve as a stunning ornamental feature with its deep red petioles, enhancing the visual appeal of your garden. Beyond aesthetics, Valentine Rhubarb proves valuable in the kitchen, where its stalks can be used in a variety of culinary creations. In both home and commercial gardens, Valentine Rhubarb stands out as a reliable performer. Its resilience and low-maintenance nature make it a practical addition to diverse garden layouts. Its cold-hardy and heat-tolerant characteristics make it adaptable to various climates, ensuring successful cultivation in a range of environments. Whether you're a home gardener seeking a vibrant and flavorful addition to your kitchen or a commercial grower looking for a reliable and visually appealing crop, Valentine Rhubarb adds both aesthetic and culinary value to your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Valentine Rhubarb Crowns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnowing when to harvest Valentine Rhubarb is crucial for optimal flavor and yield. Typically, the second year marks the commencement of harvesting. But only take a few stalks. A full harvest of up to a third to half of the stalks is not expected until the third year. When the stems reach a height of 10-15 inches and are firm to the touch, they are ready for harvest. To harvest, grasp the stalk near the base, twist slightly, and pull the stem away from the crown. Avoid cutting the stems, as this can leave behind decaying material. It's essential to harvest selectively, especially in the early years, to allow the plant to establish itself fully. Removing any flowering spikes promptly will help prevent seed production, redirecting the plant's energy to robust stem development. For storage, refrigerate harvested stalks in a plastic bag. If not consuming immediately, rhubarb can be frozen. Remove the leaves before storage, as they are toxic. Regular harvests throughout the growing season contribute to the plant's health and productivity. Keep in mind the young stalks are the most tender. By following these guidelines, you'll enjoy a bountiful harvest of sweet, vibrant red stems from your Valentine Rhubarb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Valentine Rhubarb Crowns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne potential issue to be mindful of is crown rot, a condition that can be avoided by planting in well-drained soil and ensuring that the growing tips are not buried under compost. Additionally, removing flower heads promptly in early spring prevents the plant from diverting energy into seed production, ensuring a more robust harvest of stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond its culinary appeal, Valentine Rhubarb offers nutritional benefits. Rich in vitamins C and K, calcium, potassium, and fiber, it not only enhances the flavor of various dishes but also contributes to a well-balanced diet. Some reports suggest potential health benefits, including cholesterol reduction and prevention of blood clots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"For an extra boost in early growth and enhanced vigor, consider starting your Valentine Rhubarb in a cold frame. This method not only provides a protective environment for the initial stages of growth but also encourages the development of thick, red stalks. By giving your rhubarb a head start in a cold frame, you can extend the growing season and enjoy an earlier and more abundant harvest. Just ensure a gradual acclimatization to outdoor conditions before transplanting to the final garden location.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ohioline.osu.edu\/factsheet\/hyg-1631\"\u003eOhio State University - Growing Rhubarb in the Home Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eValentine Rhubarb Crowns Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Root Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Root Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Valentine Rhubarb Crowns are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Crowns","offer_id":41200358097011,"sku":"71630","price":15.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 Crowns","offer_id":41200358129779,"sku":"71666","price":54.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/rhubarb-crowns-valentine-Comp.jpg?v=1759501252"},{"product_id":"rhubarb-crowns-canadian-red","title":"Rhubarb Crowns - Canadian Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship from March to April. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eRheum rhabarbarum\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Canada Red’. Canadian Red Rhubarb Crowns. Non-GMO, perennial. This rhubarb variety is sometimes referred to as 'Canada Red,' emphasizing its Canadian origin. Its rich, sweet, and juicy stalks, coupled with the absence of stringiness, set it apart in both flavor and texture. While not specifically bred for drought or heat tolerance, its hardiness in colder climates makes it an excellent choice for gardeners in regions with cooler temperatures. The Canadian Red Rhubarb is an ideal selection for individuals seeking a reliable and flavorful rhubarb variety for their culinary endeavors, with the added bonus of a visually striking landscape feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-rhubarb-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Rhubarb Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eRheum rhabarbarum\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Canada Red’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 365\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, wel-drained soil. We recommend amending your soil with worm castings, compost, or well-rotted manure. Maintain moist, but not soggy conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Below 75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tolerant to rabbits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCanadian Red Rhubarb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vibrant red stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCanadian Red Rhubarb Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and juicy taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Canadian Red Rhubarb Crowns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure your growing site is free of weeds. Plant the crowns in well-draining soil enriched with organic material that has been dug 6-12 inches deep, ensuring that the roots are positioned about 2 inches below the soil surface. The crown should be placed so the eyes are no more than 2 inches deep with the buds facing up. Replace the soil around the root and tamp down. Water well. Choose a location with full sun exposure, although Canadian Red Rhubarb can tolerate some shade. Plant the crowns as soon as the soil is workable in spring. Soils should be a minimum of 50 degrees Fahrenheit. The cold-tolerant nature of rhubarb makes it well-suited for early spring planting. Once planted, maintain a consistent moisture level in the soil, avoiding waterlogged conditions that can lead to root rot. Apply a layer of mulch to suppress weeds and conserve soil moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plant's hardiness in zones 4-9 makes it adaptable to various climates. Maintain a consistent moisture level in the soil, avoiding waterlogged conditions, and apply mulch to suppress weeds. Keep in mind that rhubarb prefers cooler temperatures, making it well-suited for northern regions. Remove any flower stalks promptly to redirect energy into stalk production. Additionally, feeding the plants with well-rotted compost and fertilizer at the start of the season can enhance yield and quality. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCanadian Red Rhubarb in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCanadian Red Rhubarb serves as a versatile addition to both home and commercial gardens. Beyond its culinary applications, where the sweet, juicy stalks are prized for jams, pies, sauces, and other delectable treats, this rhubarb variety can have additional roles in the garden. While not typically used as a companion plant or pest control, its large crinkled leaves and bold spikes of white flowers contribute to ornamental appeal. In home gardens, Canadian Red Rhubarb adds aesthetic value with its vibrant red stalks and lush foliage. Commercially, its reliable and productive nature makes it a valuable crop for those looking to harvest rhubarb for local markets or culinary businesses. Additionally, the plant's cold-hardiness and adaptability to zones 4-9 broaden its geographical range, allowing gardeners in various climates to enjoy the benefits of growing this attractive and flavorful rhubarb variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Canadian Red Rhubarb Crowns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Canadian Red Rhubarb requires patience and strategic timing for optimal flavor and productivity. Begin harvesting only a few stalks in the second year, allowing the plant to establish robust roots in its initial growth phase. When stalks reach a length of about 12-18 inches, they are ready for harvest. However, some gardeners prefer to harvest rhubarb young for its stronger flavor. Grasp the stalk near the base and gently pull, allowing it to snap off naturally. Alternatively, you can use a knife to cut the stalk at the soil level. By the third year, you can enjoy a more abundant and full harvest. It's crucial not to harvest all the stalks to ensure the plant's continued vigor. Never harvest more than a third of the stalks. Remove any flower stalks as soon as they appear to redirect energy into stalk production. Store harvested rhubarb in the refrigerator for up to two weeks, preferably in a perforated plastic bag to maintain freshness. For longer-term storage, consider freezing or canning the rhubarb to preserve its unique flavor for culinary delights throughout the year. For continued growth be sure to divide your plants every 6-10 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Canadian Red Rhubarb Crowns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCanadian Red Rhubarb, also known as Rheum rhabarbarum 'Canada Red,' is a cold-hardy and heat-tolerant perennial prized for its vibrant red stalks with a higher sugar content than other varieties. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeveloped for both its ornamental and edible qualities, this variety thrives in Hardiness Zones 4-9. With smaller, more slender stalks and minimal seed production, it's a favorite for home gardeners seeking sweet and juicy rhubarb for various culinary delights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e This variety adds a pop of color to gardens and landscapes, reaching a height of about 24 inches with a spread of approximately 3 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the stalks are a delicious addition to recipes, it's important to note that the leaves are toxic and should not be consumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing this rhubarb, keep the area around the plant weed-free, and remove any flower heads promptly to encourage robust stalk production. With proper care, Canada Red Rhubarb can provide a bountiful harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich in vitamins C and K, calcium, potassium, and fiber, it not only delights the taste buds but also offers nutritional benefits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To give your Canadian Red Rhubarb an extra boost, consider incorporating crushed eggshells into the soil around the base of the plants. Eggshells are a fantastic natural source of calcium, which is essential for strong cell wall development in the rhubarb stalks. Calcium deficiency can sometimes lead to issues like blossom end rot in certain crops, and while rhubarb is not a fruiting plant, the robustness of its stalks can benefit from the added calcium. The slow release of calcium from the eggshells contributes to the overall health of the plant, supporting its growth and enhancing the quality of the harvested stalks. Simply save your eggshells, crush them into small pieces, and sprinkle them around the base of your Canadian Red Rhubarb plants. This simple, cost-effective tip can contribute to the long-term vitality of your rhubarb patch.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ohioline.osu.edu\/factsheet\/hyg-1631\"\u003eOhio State University - Growing Rhubarb in the Home Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCanadian Red Rhubarb Crowns Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Root Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Root Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Canadian Red Rhubarb Crowns are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Crowns","offer_id":41200364781683,"sku":"71631","price":15.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 Crowns","offer_id":41200364814451,"sku":"71667","price":54.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/rhubarb-crowns-canadian-red-Comp.jpg?v=1762450627"},{"product_id":"shallot-sets-red","title":"Shallot Sets - Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March to April for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-120 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa aggregatum\u003c\/em\u003e. Red Shallots Sets. Non-GMO, cool season biennial.Shallots are known for their mild flavor and the ability to produce multiple bulbs per plant. Red shallots are typically more mild in onion flavor than yellow varieties. They are a type of multiplier onion with concentric layers like onions but generally smaller. Shallots are favored for their mild onion flavor, smaller size compared to regular onions, and versatility in culinary use. They are excellent for both raw and cooked dishes. Shallots prefer cool-season growing but can tolerate moderate heat. ~10 shallot sets per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-shallots-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Shallots Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003e Allium cepa aggregatum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Biennial in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil rich in organic matter. Prefer a pH of 5.5-7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shallots prefer cool temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to aphids, onion maggot, thrips. Shallots can attract beneficial insects like predatory beetles and spiders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Shallots Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outer skin of shallots is typically brown or copper-colored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Shallots Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shallots have a mild, sweet onion flavor, making them suitable for various culinary applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Red Shallots Sets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo successfully grow shallots, follow these guidelines for a bountiful harvest. Begin by selecting a sunny spot in your garden with well-drained soil rich in organic matter. Shallots thrive in full sun, so ensure they receive at least six hours of direct sunlight daily. For bulb sets, plant them 1–2 inches deep, spacing them 3–6 inches apart in rows 12–18 inches apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain consistent moisture, ensuring the soil is kept lightly moist without waterlogging, as excessive water can lead to bulb rot. Side-dress with a balanced fertilizer about 30 and 60 days after planting, avoiding late-season fertilization to prevent excessive leaf growth. Shallots benefit from regular weeding, especially during the initial two months of slow growth. Mulching can also aid in suppressing weeds. Keep an eye out for common pests such as aphids, onion maggots, and thrips, employing natural biological control methods and insecticides as needed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Shallots in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShallots serve a versatile role in both home and commercial gardens, providing a dual purpose of culinary delight and potential pest control. In the garden, shallots are valued for their ability to be used as both a companion plant and a culinary gem. Planted alongside other vegetables, they can act as a natural deterrent to pests due to their distinctive aroma, helping to protect neighboring plants from potential insect damage. Additionally, their compact growth habit allows for efficient use of garden space. Beyond their pest-repelling qualities, shallots are a culinary staple, adding a mild, sweet onion flavor to a variety of dishes. Their versatility extends to being harvested as green onions for continuous use or as mature bulbs for storage and later consumption. In this dual role, shallots not only contribute to garden biodiversity and health but also enhance the flavors of home-cooked meals, making them a valuable addition to any garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Shallots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShallots are ready for harvest when the majority of their tops have fallen over, indicating that the bulbs have reached maturity. Carefully lift the entire plant from the soil, being cautious not to damage the bulbs. To prepare for storage, the bulbs should be cured in the garden for 1-2 weeks. During this curing period, place the bulbs in a dry, shady spot with good air circulation to allow the outer skin to dry and the bulbs to develop a papery texture. Once properly cured, the roots and tops can be trimmed, and the shallots can be stored in mesh bags. For extended shelf life, store the mesh bags in a cool, dry environment with temperatures ranging from 32-40 F. Properly harvested and stored shallots can be enjoyed throughout the year, either as a culinary ingredient or as the starting point for the next planting season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Shallots Sets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatility and resilience of shallots make them a valuable addition to gardens, adapted to various regions and growing conditions. Shallots thrive in regions with cool growing seasons, ranging from USDA Hardiness Zones 3-9. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure success, avoid overwatering, especially during the dormant period in winter, as it can lead to bulb rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cultivating shallots, incorporating organic matter, proper spacing, and regular monitoring for pests and diseases are essential. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Shallots are high in essential nutrients, including dietary fiber, vitamin B6, vitamin C, vitamin A, folate, and manganese, with low fat and carbohydrate content. Their potential health benefits, including antioxidant properties and heart health improvement, make them a nutritious choice.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/extension.usu.edu\/yardandgarden\/research\/shallots-in-the-garden\"\u003eUtah State University - How to Grow Shallots in Your Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Shallots Sets Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Shallot Sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Shallots Sets are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Sets","offer_id":41200692330611,"sku":"71632","price":7.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/shallot-sets-red-Comp.jpg?v=1756154557"},{"product_id":"shallot-sets-yellow","title":"Shallot Sets - Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March to April for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-120 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa aggregatum\u003c\/em\u003e. Yellow Shallots Sets. Non-GMO, cool season biennial. Shallots are known for their mild flavor and the ability to produce multiple bulbs per plant. They are a type of multiplier onion with concentric layers like onions but generally smaller. Shallots are favored for their mild onion flavor, smaller size compared to onions, and versatility in culinary use. They are excellent for both raw and cooked dishes. Shallots prefer cool-season growing but can tolerate moderate heat. ~10 shallot sets per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-shallots-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Shallots Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa aggregatum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Biennial in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil rich in organic matter. Prefer a pH of 5.5-7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shallots prefer cool temperatures, with a cool dormant period of at least one month.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to aphids, onion maggot, thrips. Shallots can attract beneficial insects like predatory beetles and spiders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Shallots Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outer skin of shallots is typically yellow or tan colored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Shallots Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shallots have a mild, sweet onion flavor, making them suitable for various culinary applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Yellow Shallots Seed\/Root Designation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cultivate shallots successfully, start by selecting a sunny location with well-drained, fertile soil. Plant bulb sets 1–2 inches deep and 3–6 inches apart. Shallots thrive in full sun, requiring at least six hours of direct sunlight daily. Incorporate organic matter and a complete fertilizer into the soil before planting for optimal growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce established, maintain consistent moisture, avoiding waterlogging that can lead to bulb rot. Side-dress with fertilizer 30 and 60 days after planting, but refrain from late-season fertilization to prevent excessive leaf growth. Regular weeding is essential during the initial slow growth phase. Mulching also helps suppress weeds. Watch for common pests like aphids, onion maggots, and thrips, employing natural controls and insecticides if necessary. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYellow Shallots in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShallots offer a dual purpose as a companion plant and culinary delight. Planted alongside vegetables, their distinctive aroma acts as a natural pest deterrent, contributing to overall garden health. Beyond their pest-repelling qualities, shallots are a culinary staple, adding a mild, sweet onion flavor to various dishes. Their compact growth habit makes them efficient space users, and their versatility extends to being harvested as green onions for continuous use or as mature bulbs for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Yellow Shallots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest shallots when the majority of their tops have fallen over, indicating maturity. Lift the entire plant, avoiding bulb damage. Cure bulbs in a dry, shady spot for 1–2 weeks, trimming roots and tops before storage. Properly stored shallots can last for months in mesh bags stored in a cool, dry environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Yellow Shallots Sets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatility and resilience of shallots make them a valuable addition to gardens, adapted to various regions and growing conditions. Shallots thrive in regions with cool growing seasons, ranging from USDA Hardiness Zones 3-9. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cultivating shallots, incorporating organic matter, proper spacing, and regular monitoring for pests and diseases are essential. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To enhance shallot growth, consider interplanting with aromatic herbs like basil or mint. These herbs not only contribute to a diverse and visually appealing garden but can also act as additional pest deterrents, creating a mutually beneficial environment for the shallots to thrive.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/extension.usu.edu\/yardandgarden\/research\/shallots-in-the-garden\"\u003eUtah State University - How to Grow Shallots in Your Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eYellow Shallots Sets Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Shallot Sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Yellow Shallots Sets are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Sets","offer_id":41200719364211,"sku":"71633","price":7.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/shallot-sets-yellow-Comp.jpg?v=1756407440"},{"product_id":"onion-sets-karmen-red","title":"Onion Sets - Karmen Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March to April for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e. Karmen Red Onion Sets. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, cool-season vegetable, long-day, bulbing onion. Karmen Red Onions are known for their medium-sized bulbs, and early uniform growth. They have dark red skin with a vibrant red color through all the bulb layers. This variety is recognized as a good storage type with medium sweet flavor. It has better downy mildew resistance compared to many other varieties. Also known as Red Karmen Onions, Spanish Onions, Salad Onions. They are well-suited for both home and commercial gardens, offering versatility in use—raw in salads or cooked. Known for their ease of growth, they perform best in well-drained, slightly acidic, fertile soil in full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-onions-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Onions Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003e Allium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Annual in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches, thin to 3-6 inches at green onion stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, slightly acidic pH of 6-6.8, fertile soil. Loams are best. Avoid planting into clay soil as it can retain too much water. Instead, amend clay soils with organic matter and sand to improve drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to deer, mice, voles. Susceptible to nematodes, stem and bulb eelworm, thirps and onion fly or maggot. Practicing crop rotation can help reduce pest issues that can carry over from year to year when crops are grown in the same location year after year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKarmen Red Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark red skin with a vibrant red color through all bulb layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKarmen Red Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium sweet flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Karmen Red Onion Sets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo grow Karmen Red Onions successfully, plant the sets 1-2 inches into the soil. Plant onion sets outdoors in spring, once the soil is workable and temperatures are no longer expected to fall below 28 F (typically in late March or April). Ensure that the soil is well-drained, slightly acidic, and fertile, providing full sun exposure. Space the bulbs 2-3 inches apart in rows that are 12-18 inches apart. Once they reach the green onion stage, thin to 3-6 inches apart. Karmen Red Onions are suitable for both home and commercial gardens and can adapt to various climates, falling within the annual category for Zones 3-9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese onions benefit from consistent watering, with at least 1 inch of water per week, especially during the bulbing phase. Shallow cultivation is essential to prevent damage to the shallow roots. As heavy feeders, they respond well to fertilization throughout their growth. Incorporating compost upon planting and using a fertilizer with a balanced ratio contributes to their overall health and sweetness at harvest. We recommend fertilizing about a month after planting, half-way to harvesting, and about a month before harvesting. Additionally, it's crucial to understand the variety's adaptation to day length (short-day, intermediate, or long-day) for optimal growth. These onions are a long-day variety, so they can be grown farther north than many other onion varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKarmen Red Onion in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKarmen Red Onions serve a versatile role in both home and commercial gardens, offering culinary enthusiasts and growers a valuable addition. In the garden, they can be utilized as a staple vegetable, known for their good storing capability and excellent flavor. With their vibrant red color and medium-sweet taste, these onions are a favorite for cooking, adding depth and richness to a variety of dishes. Beyond their culinary uses, Karmen Red Onions can be interplanted strategically to potentially deter certain pests, contributing to a more balanced garden ecosystem. Their growth habits and adaptability make them suitable for various garden setups, from companion planting to rows of dedicated onion beds. Whether grown for personal culinary enjoyment or commercial production, Karmen Red Onions play a vital role in enhancing the garden's productivity and flavor palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Karmen Red Onion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Karmen Red Onions requires careful observation and timing to ensure optimal flavor and storage. When the green tops of the onions flop over, and the necks become soft, it indicates readiness for harvest. For those seeking green onions, harvesting can begin when the tops reach 6 inches tall. However, for mature, dry bulbs, wait until the tops have dried and naturally fallen over (typically in August or September). Gently lift the onions with a fork, avoiding damage to the bulbs. Following harvest, allow the bulbs to sun-cure for at least 2-7 days, depending on weather conditions. Once cured, move them to a protected location to finish drying. Clip off the tops and roots, and store the onions in onion bags or shallow boxes in a cool, dry environment. When properly stored, Karmen Red Onions can be enjoyed for an extended period, offering a flavorful addition to a variety of culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Karmen Red Onion Sets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKarmen Red Onions, a delightful addition to any garden, boast a rich history tied to Central and Eastern Europe. Originally sourced from a Hungarian seed company during a Seed Ambassadors trip through Europe in 2006, these onions have found success in the Oregon region, showcasing better downy mildew resistance than many other varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBred as an open-pollinated, non-GMO cultivar, these onions thrive in full sun and well-drained, slightly acidic soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardeners may find success by avoiding overwatering during the bulbing phase and ensuring proper spacing for optimal growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe onions are celebrated for their medium sweet flavor and dark red skin, making them a favorite for both cooking and raw consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritionally, Karmen Red Onions offer a range of health benefits, including essential nutrients like vitamins and minerals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To enhance the growth and flavor of Karmen Red Onions, consider incorporating companion planting with herbs like basil or chamomile. These aromatic herbs can act as natural deterrents to common onion pests while providing additional benefits. Basil, for example, may help repel insects like aphids and mosquitoes, while chamomile can contribute to overall soil health. Intercropping onions with these herbs not only adds a layer of pest control but also introduces a diverse and visually appealing element to your garden. Additionally, the fragrant herbs may contribute to the unique flavor profile of Karmen Red Onions, creating a harmonious and mutually beneficial planting arrangement.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/fZYljyVeFKI?si=ytE-SAfYKhRBE6Un\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/iframe\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/div\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;div class=\" custom-video-container\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/hfL43S8wqbM?si=GmUVFllAE60tNuuz\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/iframe\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/div\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;\/div\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;h3\u0026gt;Additional Resources\u0026lt;\/h3\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;\u0026lt;a href=\" https:\u003eOhio State University - Growing Onions in the Garden\n\u003ch4\u003eKarmen Red Onion Sets Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Onion Sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Karmen Red Onion Sets are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"100 Sets","offer_id":41200726966387,"sku":"71641","price":6.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1710432007_Onion-Karmen-Red-1-comp_fed4dfb9-8a89-4f20-baa1-5285c8e38119.jpg?v=1762450628"},{"product_id":"onion-sets-snowball-white","title":"Onion Sets - Snowball White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March to April for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e. Snowball White Onion Sets. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, Intermediate-day, bulbing onion. Snowball White Onion is an excellent storing variety with a mild, sweet, and tangy flavor. It's versatile, suitable for both green onions and cooking purposes. Known for its crisp texture, mild flavor, and versatility in various culinary applications. Stores well, providing a fresh supply for months after harvest. Good for green onions and cooking, slow to bolt, easy to grow. These sets will be ready in time for spring planting. ~100 onion sets per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-onions-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Onions Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Annual in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches, thin to 3-6 inches at green onion stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to deer, mice, voles. Susceptible to nematodes, stem and bulb eelworm, thirps and onion fly or maggot. Practicing crop rotation can help reduce pest issues that can carry over from year to year when crops are grown in the same location year after year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball White Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Creamy yellow papery skin on the outside with a white to pale yellow flesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball White Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, tangy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Snowball White Onion Sets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cultivate Snowball White Onions successfully, start by selecting a sunny location with well-drained and fertile soil, maintaining a pH level between 6.0-7.0. Plant onion sets outdoors in the spring once the soil is workable and temperatures are no longer expected to fall below 28 F (typically in late March or April). These onions thrive in full sun exposure. Begin planting sets, placing them 1-2 inches deep and spacing them 2-3 inches apart in rows 12-18 inches apart. Thin to 3-6 inches apart at the green onion stage. Snowball White Onions are considered intermediate-day onions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese onions typically take around 80 days to reach maturity. It's crucial to provide adequate water throughout the growing season, especially when the onions are in the bulbing phase. Snowball White Onions are relatively low-maintenance but benefit from compost application upon planting and periodic fertilization with a complete fertilizer to enhance their flavor at harvest. We recommend fertilizing about a month after planting, mid-season, and again about a month before harvesting. Monitor for signs of pests or diseases, and address any issues promptly to ensure a healthy onion crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSnowball White Onion in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Snowball White Onion is a versatile addition to any garden, offering both culinary delights and ease of cultivation. These onions are excellent for various uses in both home and commercial gardens. As a cooking onion, they bring a mild, sweet, and tangy flavor to a wide range of dishes, including popular latin cuisine, making them a staple in the kitchen. Additionally, their versatility extends to being enjoyed as green onions, providing crisp and flavorful additions to salads, sandwiches, and other fresh dishes. In the garden, Snowball White Onions can be strategically planted to deter certain pests, and their compact size makes them suitable for intercropping or companion planting with other compatible vegetables. Their ability to store well after harvest makes them a practical choice for long-term culinary use, ensuring a fresh supply well beyond the growing season. Whether used for culinary creativity or garden planning, Snowball White Onions bring both flavor and functionality to the gardening experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Snowball White Onion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Snowball White Onions is a straightforward process that requires attention to a few key indicators. These onions are ready for harvest when their green tops start to wither and fall over. The necks of the onions should become soft, indicating that the bulbs have reached maturity. To begin the harvest, gently pull the onions from the soil after loosening with a digging fork, allowing the roots to remain attached. After pulling them, it's advisable to let the onions sit on the soil surface for a few days. This allows the roots to dry, facilitating easier storage. Once the roots have dried, tie the onion tops together in bundles, making them convenient for storage. For optimal preservation, store the onions in a cool, dry place with good air circulation, such as a basement or garage. Properly stored Snowball White Onions can last for several months, providing a steady supply of flavorful onions long after the harvesting season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Snowball White Onion Sets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Snowball White Onion, a popular variety appreciated for its excellent storing capabilities and mild, sweet, tangy flavor, thrives in hardiness zones 3-9. This open-pollinated onion is a reliable and versatile choice for home gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure success, it's crucial to plant Snowball White Onions in well-drained, moist soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Sandy loam soils with good moisture retention are recommended, and the addition of peat moss can enhance moisture retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese onions fall into the intermediate-day category, making them suitable for mild northern climates and some southern states. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a tip, regular watering, especially during the bulbing phase, is crucial for the shallow-rooted onions. Adding compost upon planting and fertilizing throughout their growth with a timed-release granular fertilizer can contribute to a bountiful harvest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen harvesting, wait for the green tops to flop over, signaling maturity. Onions can also be harvested early as green onions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnowball White Onions, with their crisp texture and sweet flavor, add delightful depth to various dishes and are particularly prized in Mexican cuisine for fajitas and other savory delights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"For optimal growth and flavor, consider planting Snowball White Onions in a raised bed or slightly elevated area in your garden. This helps improve drainage and prevents waterlogging, which can be detrimental to onion bulbs. The raised bed allows excess water to drain away more efficiently, reducing the risk of fungal diseases and promoting healthier, more robust plants. Additionally, this gardening technique can enhance soil warmth, providing a favorable environment for onion development. Remember to space the onions appropriately within the raised bed, adhering to the recommended planting distances, to ensure each bulb has ample space to grow and mature.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/fZYljyVeFKI?si=ytE-SAfYKhRBE6Un\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/hfL43S8wqbM?si=GmUVFllAE60tNuuz\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ohioline.osu.edu\/factsheet\/hyg-1616#:~:text=Sets%20are%20dormant%20bulbs%20that,be%20used%20as%20green%20onions.\"\u003eOhio State University - Growing Onions in the Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSnowball White Onion Sets Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Onion Sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Snowball White Onion Sets are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"100 Sets","offer_id":41200733749363,"sku":"71642","price":6.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/onion-sets-snowball-white-comp_1.jpg?v=1762450629"},{"product_id":"onion-sets-spanish-yellow","title":"Onion Sets - Spanish Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March to April for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-100 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e. Spanish Yellow Onion Sets. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, long-day, bulbing onions. Also known as Sturon Yellow Onion. This variety is an excellent storing onion that produces high yields of round, bronze-skinned bulbs. It is renowned for its exceptional flavor, making it perfect for both home gardening and professional production. Spanish Yellow Onions are versatile, offering both mild and flavorful green onions when harvested early and sweet, crisp yellow onions when mature. Their excellent storage qualities make them a preferred choice for those looking to enjoy home-grown onions for an extended period. ~100 onion sets per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-onions-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Onions Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Annual, suitable for Hardiness Zones 3-9.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches, thin to 3-6 inches at green onion stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to deer, mice, voles. Susceptible to nematodes, stem and bulb eelworm, thirps and onion fly or maggot. Practicing crop rotation can help reduce pest issues that can carry over from year to year when crops are grown in the same location year after year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpanish Yellow Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpanish Yellow Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, with a good pungent flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Spanish Yellow Onion Sets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo successfully grow Spanish Yellow Onions, start by selecting a well-drained, fertile soil with a pH between 6.0-7.5. These onions thrive in full sun, so choose a location with ample sunlight exposure. Onion sets can be pressed into the soil about 1-2 inches deep and 2-3 inches apart. Once reaching the greenonion stage at 6-8 inches tall, thin to 3-6 inches apart. This is important for allowing enough room for bulb development while producing a nice harvest of young green onions. Plant onion sets outdoors in spring, once the soil is workable and temperatures are no longer expected to fall below 28 F (typically in late March or April). Onions benefit from a balanced fertilizer application during the growing season, especially when bulb formation begins. We recommend applying fertilizer about a month after planting, at mid-season, and again about a month before harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Onions are heavy feeders, so supplement the soil with compost or well-rotted manure. Water consistently, aiming for at least 1 inch per week. Companion planting with beets, cabbage family, carrots, kohlrabi, lettuce, parsnip, peppers, spinach, strawberries, tomatoes, and turnips can enhance overall garden health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpanish Yellow Onion in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpanish Yellow Onions (Sturon Onions) serve multiple roles in both home and commercial gardens. Beyond their culinary uses as a versatile and flavorful cooking ingredient, these onions can also be strategically employed as companion plants. They harmonize well with beets, cabbage, carrots, kohlrabi, lettuce, parsnip, peppers, spinach, strawberries, tomatoes, and turnips, enhancing the overall health of the garden by promoting beneficial interactions and deterring potential pests. Moreover, their dual-purpose nature makes them valuable for gardeners with limited space. When harvested early, they function as mild yet flavorful green onions, offering a quick harvest for immediate use. Alternatively, when left to mature, they transform into crisp, sweet yellow onions with exceptional storage qualities, providing a sustainable and long-term supply for culinary needs. The adaptability and yield of Spanish Yellow Onions make them a valuable asset in any garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Spanish Yellow Onion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting Spanish Yellow Onions involves careful observation and timing. The onions are ready for harvest when their green tops begin to fall over, turn brown, and wither. This indicates that the bulbs have reached maturity. To ensure optimal storage, it's advisable to wait for a dry day to start the harvest, or just before expected rain (curing under cover). Gently pull the onions from the ground, and once harvested, place them on top of the soil for a few days to allow the roots to dry. After this initial drying period, tie the tops together and store the onions in a dry, warm, and well-ventilated area out of direct sunlight for up to three weeks. This curing process further enhances their storage capabilities. Once fully cured, clip off the tops and roots, and store the onions in a cool, dry location. The drier the onions, the better they will store, providing a long-lasting and flavorful supply for future culinary endeavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Spanish Yellow Onion Sets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpanish Yellow Onions, a variety known for their excellent storage qualities and round, bronze-skinned bulbs, are a popular choice for both home gardeners and professional production. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e To ensure success, plant them in well-drained, moist soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5 and provide ample sunlight. They are versatile, suitable for growing as green onions or allowing them to mature into flavorful storage onions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The variety exhibits good bolt resistance and pairs well with companion plants like beets, cabbage, carrots, and more. Rich in flavor and adaptability, Spanish Yellow Onions are a reliable addition to any garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To enhance the flavor and storage capabilities of Spanish Yellow Onions, consider practicing \"bulb popping\" during their growth. About a month before anticipated harvest, gently lift the soil around the bulb, exposing it partially to the sun. This process encourages the outer layers of the onion to dry and cure while still attached to the plant. It not only improves the storage quality by promoting better drying but also intensifies the onion's flavor. Ensure not to disturb the roots or damage the bulb during this process. Bulb popping is a simple yet effective technique to maximize the culinary potential of your Spanish Yellow Onions.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/fZYljyVeFKI?si=ytE-SAfYKhRBE6Un\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/hfL43S8wqbM?si=GmUVFllAE60tNuuz\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ohioline.osu.edu\/factsheet\/hyg-1616#:~:text=Sets%20are%20dormant%20bulbs%20that,be%20used%20as%20green%20onions.\"\u003eOhio State University - Growing Onions in the Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpanish Yellow Onion Sets Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Onion Sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Spanish Yellow Onion Sets are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"100 Sets","offer_id":41200742826099,"sku":"71643","price":6.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1710431224_Onion-Spanish-Yellow-1-comp_416b678c-f056-4923-990c-a1d2467ba286.jpg?v=1762450629"},{"product_id":"onion-sets-stuttgarter-yellow","title":"Onion Sets - Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship in March to April for spring planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product may ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-125 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e. Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onion Sets. Non-GMO, biennial, open-pollinated, heirloom, long-day, bulbing onion. Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow is celebrated for its robust flavor and excellent storage capabilities. As an heirloom variety and industry standard, it's a favorite among gardeners for its ease of growing and adaptability. Gardeners are drawn to Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow for its dual-purpose nature. It yields tasty green onions within 2-4 weeks, making it a quick and satisfying choice. The mature onions boast crispness, reaching a diameter of 4-7 inches, with yellowish-brown skin, yellowish-white flesh, and a sweet flavor. With a moderate growing difficulty, it requires full sun, well-drained, moist soil. Stuttgarter Yellow onions are versatile, fitting well in small gardens and containers. ~100 onion sets per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/how-to-grow-onions-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Grow Onions Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Biennial in zones 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches, thin to 3-6 inches at green onion stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained, fertile loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to deer, mice, voles. Susceptible to nematodes, stem and bulb eelworm, thirps and onion fly or maggot. Practicing crop rotation can help reduce pest issues that can carry over from year to year when crops are grown in the same location year after year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStuttgarter Yellow Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light brown to yellow skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStuttgarter Yellow Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extremely dynamic flavor without being overwhelming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onion Sets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuper Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onions are a delight for gardeners seeking a versatile and flavorful addition to their harvest. Begin by choosing a well-draining area that receives full sunlight. Ensure the soil is free of rocks and debris, working it to a depth of 8-10 inches. For optimal results, consider adding 2-3 pounds of complete fertilizer per 100 square feet. Plant onion sets outdoors in the spring, once the soil is workable and temperatures are no longer expected to fall below 28 F (typically in late March or April). Plant sets with the pointed end up 1-2 inches deep and 2-3 inches apart. Thin to 3-6 inches apart during the green onion stage (6-8 inches tall). Once planted, provide moderate watering, especially during dry, windy weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatering once a week is generally sufficient, increasing during dry spells. Deep watering aids robust root development. Regular weeding, done carefully to avoid root damage, contributes to good plant health. Fertilize when onion plants have 5-6 leaves to support bulb development. We recommend fertilizing 3 times through the growing season. Once about a month after planting, again about mid-season, and lastly about a month before harvesting. Pay attention to potential pests like thrips, utilizing insecticides as needed. Diseases can be managed with fungicides, ensuring the overall well-being of your crop. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuper Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onions in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStuttgarter Yellow Onions play a versatile role in both home and commercial gardens, offering a dual-purpose as green onions and storage onions. As a cool-season crop with a high tolerance for freezing temperatures, they prove valuable for their adaptability and ease of cultivation. In the garden, they can be strategically planted alongside crops like beets, cabbage, carrots, kohlrabi, lettuce, parsnip, pepper, spinach, strawberry, tomato, and turnip, fostering a beneficial companion planting environment. Their resistance to pests and diseases makes them a reliable choice for gardeners seeking low-maintenance yet high-yielding crops. Beyond their utility in culinary creations, Stuttgarter Yellow Onions also contribute to the overall health of the garden ecosystem. Their dense foliage acts as a natural weed suppressant, reducing competition for nutrients and supporting the well-being of neighboring plants. Whether enjoyed fresh as green onions or stored for later use, these onions bring culinary delight and functional benefits to any garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetermining the readiness of Stuttgarter Yellow Onions involves monitoring the growth stages and observing key indicators. For green onions, harvesting can commence as early as 2-4 weeks, allowing for mild-tasting delights. However, for those destined to become storage onions, wait until the main stem weakens, and the plant begins to fall over. This signals that the bulbs have reached maturity. Once this stage is reached, gently pull the onions from the soil. To facilitate the drying process, allow them to lie in the garden for a few days. Subsequently, remove the tops and roots before transferring them to a well-ventilated, dry location such as a wire net in the garage or a cool, airy storage space. Adequate curing is essential for optimal storage. Stuttgarter Yellow Onions can be stored in a refrigerator crisper or a dry environment, preserving their robust flavor and ensuring a lasting supply for culinary endeavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Super Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onion Sets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStuttgarter Yellow Onions (Super Sweet) have earned their reputation as an heirloom variety and an industry standard, cherished for their robust flavor and versatility. This favorite among gardeners is particularly esteemed for its ease of cultivation and adaptability to various growing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese onions thrive in well-draining soil with full sunlight exposure, making them adaptable to a broad range of hardiness zones (3-9). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stuttgarter Yellow Onions provide high yields and exhibit good resistance to bolting, ensuring a fruitful harvest. As with any crop, vigilance against diseases and pests is crucial. Regular watering, proper spacing, and strategic fertilization contribute to robust plant growth, leading to larger bulbs. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritionally, Stuttgarter Yellow Onions are a low-calorie vegetable rich in dietary fiber, vitamin C, and various minerals. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Consider utilizing a companion planting strategy with Stuttgarter Yellow Onions by interplanting them with carrots. This dynamic duo not only maximizes garden space but also offers mutual benefits. Carrots, with their slender roots, occupy the lower soil levels, while the Stuttgarter onions, with their vertical growth habit, utilize the upper soil layers. This complementary relationship helps prevent competition for resources, resulting in healthier plants and higher yields. Additionally, the aroma emitted by the onions is believed to confuse carrot flies, a common pest for carrots, providing a natural form of pest control. This symbiotic planting arrangement not only enhances the overall health of both crops but also adds visual interest to your garden bed.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/fZYljyVeFKI?si=ytE-SAfYKhRBE6Un\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/hfL43S8wqbM?si=GmUVFllAE60tNuuz\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ohioline.osu.edu\/factsheet\/hyg-1616#:~:text=Sets%20are%20dormant%20bulbs%20that,be%20used%20as%20green%20onions.\"\u003eOhio State University - Growing Onions in the Garden\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuper Sweet\/Stuttgarter Yellow Onion Sets Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Onion Sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Stuttgarter Yellow Onion Sets are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"100 Sets","offer_id":41200746561651,"sku":"71644","price":6.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1710431054_Onion-Stuttgarter-Yellow-1-comp_c0458892-77dd-4fcb-b012-fa78d50f23fd.jpg?v=1762450631"},{"product_id":"horseradish-root","title":"Horseradish Root","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Roots\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item and is expected to ship from March to April. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e180 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eArmoracia rusticana\u003c\/em\u003e. Horseradish Root. Non-GMO, perennial, open-pollinated. Horseradish is a hardy and vigorous perennial that can become invasive, and it's often grown for its culinary uses. Also known as Red cole or pepper root. Horseradish is grown for its pungent flavor and is often used to add a spicy kick to dishes. Horseradish is native to southeastern Europe and western Asia. 2 roots per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eArmoracia rusticana\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone: \u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4-8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches at a 45-degree angle, cut side up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, rhizome spreading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loamy soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Few pests bother the roots of horseradish. Aphids and flea beetles can feed on the leaves. It's advisable to plant horseradish away from other plants in the Brassicaceae family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorseradish Root Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green leaves, yellow-white roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorseradish Root Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roots have a pungent, spicy flavor, often used to add heat to various dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Horseradish Root\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant the root in a large container, at least 10 gallons in size, or directly into well-draining, loamy soil in a sunny garden spot. Ensure the top of the root is approximately 2-3 inches from the soil's surface, with the skinniest part facing down and at a 45-degree angle. Water the plant about twice a week until it reaches 4 to 5 inches in height, after which it can be moved outdoors. If planting directly in the ground, dig a hole large enough for the entire contents of the pot, ensuring the base of the leaves is flush with the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater the plant regularly, especially during dry periods, while avoiding soggy conditions. Prune any extra shoots, leaving 5 or 6 leaves to enhance root production. Fertilize every four weeks, using compost, compost tea, or a balanced vegetable fertilizer. Protect the plant from pests like aphids and flea beetles, which may feed on the leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHorseradish Root in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorseradish serves a dual purpose in the garden, acting both as a flavorful culinary herb and as a natural pest deterrent. In the home or commercial garden, horseradish can be strategically planted to deter pests due to its pungent aroma, which can mask the scent of more vulnerable plants and discourage insect infestations. Its robust, clump-forming nature also makes it a suitable ground cover, helping to suppress weed growth. Moreover, the plant's long, toothed leaves and attractive white flowers can contribute to ornamental garden displays. Beyond its role as a companion plant and pest deterrent, horseradish offers culinary enthusiasts a versatile and spicy root that can be harvested and used in various dishes, adding a distinct and lively flavor. This dual-purpose nature makes horseradish a valuable addition to both functional and aesthetic aspects of home and commercial gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Horseradish Root\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvesting horseradish involves a careful process to ensure the flavorful roots are ready for use. The ideal time to harvest is in the fall after a few frosts but before the ground freezes. One can identify the readiness of the roots when the leaves start to droop and fall to the ground. To begin the harvesting process, dig around the base of the plant and lift the large central root, along with as many smaller roots as possible. Once unearthed, cut down the foliage, leaving about an inch above the roots, and scrub the roots clean of dirt. Following the harvest, allow the roots to dry thoroughly. If you plan to consume the horseradish within a month, it can be stored in the refrigerator, wrapped in plastic. Alternatively, for longer-term storage, keep the roots in damp sand or sawdust in a dark, cool root cellar, ensuring they are not exposed to light. This careful approach to harvesting and storing horseradish preserves its distinctive flavor and makes it readily available for culinary use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Horseradish Root\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorseradish is a robust and versatile perennial plant known for its pungent, spicy roots. It has a rich history of cultivation in Europe and Asia. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardeners should take note of its invasive nature; planting it in containers or designated areas can help control its spread. For optimal success, avoid planting it in areas where it might outcompete other plants. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorseradish thrives in regions with cool weather, ideally in USDA Hardiness Zones 4-8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorseradish is relatively low-maintenance, requiring well-draining soil with moderate moisture. Its deep taproot allows it to tolerate drought conditions. To encourage robust root growth, limit the number of leaves to 5 or 6 per plant, focusing energy on the roots. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn terms of nutrition, horseradish roots, although toxic in large quantities, are a rich source of vitamins and minerals, adding a flavorful punch to various culinary dishes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Consider \"root rejuvenation.\" Every few years, dig up the horseradish roots, trim them to about 8 inches in length, and replant them. This process helps refresh the plant's vigor and ensures a continuous supply of quality roots. Be cautious about where you dispose of the removed roots, as they can sprout new plants. This practice helps maintain a healthy and productive horseradish patch in the long run.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHorseradish Root Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Horseradish Root are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Roots","offer_id":41200751509619,"sku":"71645","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/horseradish-root-Comp_1.jpg?v=1762450631"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-apeldoorns-elite","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Apeldoorn's Elite","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Apeldoorn Elite’. Apeldoorn's Elite Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Attracts pollinators. Displays bright red with yellow-edged blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape Apeldoorn’s Elite Tulips are great for use as a cut flower, border, bedding, background, or bouquet planting. It has an upright growth habit and is tolerant to deer and rabbit grazing. The flowers are toxic to dogs, cats, and horses and are not recommended for culinary use. Apeldoorn’s Elite Tulips are one of the best for perennial beds. They come back for about five years in a row in full splendor and naturalize remarkably well in many areas for years to come. The Royal Horticultural Society awarded this tulip the Award of Garden Merit for its outstanding performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Apeldoorn Elite’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zone 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, moist soil with a pH of 6-7.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e While tulips are notoriously attractive to deer and rabbits, Darwin Hybrid varieties are much more tolerant than other types of grazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApeldoorn's Elite Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e yellow, red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting, cut flowers, and outdoor containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Darwin Hybrid Apeldoorn's Elite Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bulbs should be planted in an area that gets full sun in the late winter and early spring with well-draining soil. Areas that may be full to part shade in mid-summer but are full sun in the winter and spring (for example, under a deciduous tree) can be great options. Plant the bulbs with the pointed side up, about 7 inches deep and 4-6 inches apart. Plant in single holes or dig out an entire trench or bed, then backfill the soil for a large planting. Plant the bulbs in the fall once daytime temperatures do not exceed 60 F daily. These tulips need a cold period in order to bloom. To get them to bloom in warmer climates or seasons, order the pre-cooled bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApeldoorn’s Elite tulips bloom in mid to late summer and return yearly if given 12-16 weeks of cool to cold temperatures. To maximize the blooms each year, keep the bulbs dry throughout the winter and summer when they are dormant. Typical rainfall is fine, but standing water and overwatering can cause the bulbs to rot. Fertilize in the early spring when the leaves begin to poke through the soil with a bulb fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the flowers have died, immediately cut back the flower stalk. To promote next year’s blooms, leave the leaves until they die back, turn yellow, and can easily be removed from the plant. This allows the blub to save energy for next year’s bloom show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDarwin Hybrid Apeldoorn's Elite Tulip in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTulips are a timeless addition to any spring garden. They attract pollinators of all kinds to benefit the garden throughout the season. Darwin Hybrid varieties are perfect for perennial flower gardens, and Apeldoorn’s Elite tulips are particularly beautiful and resistant to various pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Darwin Hybrid Apeldoorn's Elite Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile Apeldoorn’s Elite tulips are fantastic as a member of the landscape, they are also one of the best tulips for cut flower arranging. The sturdy stems and large, hardy blooms are perfect for spring arrangements. Before the bloom is opened all the way, cut the stem with clean, sharp scissors or a knife and immediately store it in cool water. The bloom will continue to open indoors and last 1-2 weeks. Prolong the blooms by replacing the water regularly and adding flower food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Darwin Hybrid Apeldoorn's Elite Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis plant is not safe for consumption in any way. Wear gloves when handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApledoorn’s Elite won the Royal Horticultural Society’s Garden of Merit Award.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large, 4-6 inch wide blooms are stunning to mix in with other tulip varieties or have as a mass planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apeldoorn's Elite Darwin Hybrid Tulip is a cross between the famous Golden and Red Apeldoorn varieties, making a too-good-to-be-true tulip for any garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bi-color blooms of these beautiful tulips add visual interest and dimension to the landscape. It is almost like having two different colors of tulips interplanted. Try them out for yourself and enjoy their display!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Tulips are great for planting among other plants that might not flush out until summer. Plants such as hostas, ornamental grasses, and Shasta daisies are great options for continual interest throughout the growing season.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDarwin Hybrid Apeldoorn's Elite Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Darwin Hybrid Apeldoorn's Elite Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920227442803,"sku":"76660","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027064381555,"sku":"83959","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027064414323,"sku":"83960","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718731402_Apeldoorn-Elite-wm-comp_0b419032-2b45-42be-a0c2-645bfd1be870.jpg?v=1762451642"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-ivory-floradale-hakuun","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e 'Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun'. Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Attracts pollinators. Displays cream-colored blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape, Ivory Floradale Tulips are great for use as a cut flower, border, or bedding plant. It has an upright growth habit. Hakuun tulip flowers are toxic when ingested by humans, dogs, cats, and horses. These gorgeous, erect flowers are among the best for perennial cut flowers. They are also known as White Cloud Tulips, Ivory Floradel Tulips, or Hakuun Tulips. While these can be forced indoors, they are particularly suited to outdoor life and will provide the striking spring display we all wait and hope for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e 'Ivory Floradale'\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, moist soil with a pH of 6-7.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e While tulips are notoriously attractive to deer and rabbits, Darwin Hybrid varieties are much more tolerant than other types of tulips to grazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIvory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, Cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Borders, mass planting, containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Deer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant your tulip bulbs anywhere with good draining soil that gets full sun in the spring. Some areas with full to partial shade in the summer (such as under a deciduous tree) can be good options. Plant the bulbs pointy end up in a trench or hole and backfill so they are 7 inches deep and 4-6 inches apart. Plant the bulbs in the fall once daytime temperatures consistently reach a maximum of 60 F. Tulips must endure a cold period in order to produce blooms. We recommend purchasing the pre-cooled bulbs if you are growing in a warmer climate, such as zones 8-10. See the next subheading for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese ivory tulips bloom mid to late summer and effortlessly return yearly. During their growing season, water them about every other day. To give your tulips the best chance of returning next spring, ensure they have good drainage all year long (standing water can cause rot), fertilize in the early spring when the greens begin to appear, and once the flowers have died, cut back the flower stalk but allow the leaves to remain until they have yellowed and died completely. These steps give the bulb enough energy for a good dormancy period and put out gorgeous blooms again the following spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIvory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese attractive, white flowers are a fantastic addition to any garden’s springtime flush. These hybrid bulbs are particularly suited for perennial use and are fairly tolerant of grazing and other pests. Imagine these beautiful flowers bursting forth amid daffodils, followed by irises and hostas. The symphony of successional plant life can be a great strength to those who plan ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEven more than a landscape flower, these tulips are outstanding cut flowers. Planting these for your spring arrangements is a fantastic way to usher in the growing season. The large, long, and sturdy stems can hold up to flower arranging with ease. The best time to harvest these blooms is just before the flower has opened all the way. Using sharp, clean shears, snip off the flower as close to the base of the plant as possible, being careful not to damage the leaves. Store the stems immediately in cool water. With flower food and changing out the water daily, the cut flowers can last 1-2 weeks. The bloom will continue to open and reveal its splendor even after being cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis plant is not safe for consumption in any way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gorgeous cream blooms are low maintenance and reward the gardener in full force each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you have received your bulbs, unpack them immediately and then either plant or ventilate. If needed, store them at 58-65 F until planting time. Do not store your bulbs in the same areas as fresh fruit, vegetables, or other ethylene-producing items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince Holland’s Tulip Mania, tulips have been loved as the heralds of spring and summer. The delicate blooms make wonderful gifts and symbolize enduring love.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Tulips are a big deal in West Michigan (where I grew up) due to the strong Dutch heritage in the area. Each spring, there is a Tulip Time Festival in Holland, Michigan, which is a must-see for any tulip enthusiast! It features over 6 million blooming tulips over an 8-day period filled with lots of Dutch and tulip-related activities.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIvory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Ivory Floradale\/Hakuun Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920264863859,"sku":"76661","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027073294451,"sku":"83963","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027073327219,"sku":"83964","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718731985_ivory-floradale-comp_900d2397-cd10-4df9-9010-2e445bddae65.jpg?v=1762451644"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-novi-sun","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Novi Sun","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Novi Sun’. Novi Sun Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Attracts pollinators. Displays bright yellow-colored blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape, Novi Sun Tulips are great for use as a cut flower, border, bedding, mass plantings, cut flowers, and focal points. It has an upright growth habit with tolerance to cold and high altitude conditions. Tulip bulbs are toxic if ingested by pets and humans. Novi Sun tulips are known for large, robust blooms and sturdy stems. They are excellent for vibrant spring displays and cut flower arrangements. This outstanding variety is strong and reliable, with bright yellow blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Novi Sun’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draingnig, fertile soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun or Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tulips are notoriously susceptible to aphids, slugs, and snails. However, they will deter smaller animals from grazing in the garden due to their toxicity, and they will attract pollinators such as honeybees and butterflies to the area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNovi Sun Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Borders, mass planting, containers, cut flowers, and focal points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold, High Altitude, and Grazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Novi Sun Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips are primarily grown outdoors due to their need for a cold period to initiate blooming. To get the best results, plant the bulbs in the fall, about 6 to 8 weeks before the ground freezes. This gives the bulbs enough time to establish roots before winter. Plant each bulb 6 inches deep in well-drained, fertile soil, and space them 4-6 inches apart to ensure they have enough room to grow and develop properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade, needing at least six hours of direct sunlight each day for optimal growth and blooming. When planting, you can choose to dig individual holes for each bulb or opt for the mass trenching method, where you dig a larger trench and place multiple bulbs inside. The trenching method can be more efficient if you are planting a large number of bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maximize perennial blooming, ensure the soil is well-draining to prevent bulb rot and apply a balanced fertilizer when planting. After the tulips have finished blooming, allow the foliage to die back naturally. This process helps the bulbs store energy for the next growing season. Additionally, consider mulching in the fall to protect the bulbs from extreme cold and improve soil fertility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNovi Sun Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'Novi Sun' Darwin Hybrid Tulip is a versatile flower used prominently in gardens as a vibrant focal point, in borders, or mass-planted for a stunning spring display. It attracts pollinators like bees, adding ecological value to the garden. With tall, sturdy stems, it can be used as a striking edge plant. Though not fragrant, its bright yellow blooms are visually appealing and can be used as cut flowers in arrangements. The tulip has no known medicinal uses but enhances garden aesthetics and serves as a beautiful cut flower for indoor enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Novi Sun Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo harvest, cut the tulips early in the morning when the buds are still closed or just beginning to open, ensuring the longest vase life. Use a sharp knife or pruners to make a clean cut at the base of the stem. Place the cut stems immediately in water. For support in arrangements, use floral wire or tape to keep the stems upright if needed, especially in more elaborate designs. Keep the vase in a cool, shaded area to prolong the blooms, and change the water every couple of days to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Novi Sun Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'Novi Sun' Darwin Hybrid Tulips are not typically considered edible, and caution should be exercised as the bulbs are toxic if ingested, particularly to pets and humans. The petals are technically edible and sometimes used in salads or as garnishes, but they have a bland flavor and are not commonly used in culinary applications. The stems and foliage are not edible and can cause stomach upset if consumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips are known for their large, robust blooms, measuring up to 6 inches in diameter. While 'Novi Sun' has not been highlighted for specific awards, Darwin Hybrid tulips are renowned for their strong stems and reliable, vibrant flowers, making them a favorite among gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBesides their primary use in garden beds, borders, and cut flower arrangements, 'Novi Sun' tulips can also be used in container gardening, adding a burst of color to patios and balconies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I recommend interplanting these yellow tulips with purple ones. The color combination is absolutely striking. You will be addicted to seeding them bloom each spring!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNovi Sun Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Novi Sun Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920297074803,"sku":"76662","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027082895475,"sku":"83967","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027082928243,"sku":"83968","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718737613_tulip-novi-sun-wm-comp_7e012ee6-e8ee-4cb2-b572-27de626404be.jpg?v=1762451644"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-pink-impression","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Pink Impression","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ’Pink Impression’. Pink Impression Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Attracts pollinators. Displays bright pink-colored blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. Pink Impression Tulips are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, bedding, mass plantings, cut flowers and focal points. This award winning tulip has an upright growth habit with some tolerance to grazing. Tulip bulbs are toxic if ingested by pets and humans. Pink Impression tulips are known for strong stems with large, sturdy blooms. These long-lasting pink flowers are fantastic for cutting gardens as well as spring displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ’Pink Impression’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, fertile soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun or Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tulips are notoriously susceptible to aphids, slugs, bulb rot, and snails. However, they will deter smaller animals from grazing in the garden due to their toxicity, and they will attract pollinators such as honeybees and butterflies to the area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink Impression Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Borders, mass planting, containers, cut flowers, and focal points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold, High Altitude, and Grazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Pink Impression Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Darwin Hybrid Tulip 'Pink Impression' is primarily grown outdoors. To grow this tulip successfully, plant the bulbs in the fall, about 6-8 weeks before the ground freezes. The bulbs should be planted 6-7 inches deep and spaced 4-6 inches apart to allow for proper growth and air circulation. These tulips thrive in well-draining, fertile soil. Amended the planting area with compost or other organic matter to improve soil quality. Tulips prefer full sun to partial shade, receiving at least 6 hours of sunlight daily to produce the best blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadheading is not necessary for these tulips, as they are typically grown for their single blooming season. However, to improve their perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after blooming. This helps the bulb store energy for the next year. Additionally, applying a balanced fertilizer in early spring can promote healthy growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure the best health and perennial performance, avoid disturbing the bulbs once planted. If you are planting in zones 3-5, mulch in the fall to provide extra insulation during winter. Proper spacing helps with air circulation and reduces the risk of fungal diseases. Regularly check for pests like aphids and slugs, and address any issues promptly to keep your tulips thriving year after year. With the right care, 'Pink Impression' tulips can provide a stunning and reliable splash of color to your spring garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePink Impression Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Darwin Hybrid Tulip 'Pink Impression' is versatile in the garden and is often used as a focal point in beds and borders due to its tall, striking blooms that reach 18-24 inches in height. It can also be mass-planted for a lively spring display or used in containers for patio decor. While not particularly fragrant, its large, soft pink flowers are visually captivating and make excellent cut flowers for arrangements. 'Pink Impression' tulips are generally tolerant of some grazing. Their robust and enduring blooms make them a prized addition to any garden landscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Pink Impression Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Darwin Hybrid Tulip 'Pink Impression' is ideal for cut flower arrangements due to its tall, sturdy stems and large, vibrant pink blooms. For best results, harvest the tulips when the buds are fully colored but not yet open, typically in the early morning when the flowers are most hydrated. Cut the stems diagonally using a sharp knife or shears just above the bulb's base. Immediately place the cut stems in a bucket of cool water to keep them fresh. For a longer vase life, change the water daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Pink Impression Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flower, including its stem and foliage, is not safe for consumption and is considered toxic if ingested. The bulbs contain compounds that can cause stomach upset and skin irritation in humans and are also toxic to pets, including cats and dogs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tulip variety has received the Royal Horticultural Society's Award of Garden Merit, which recognizes its outstanding qualities, such as robustness and reliability in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond its ornamental use, 'Pink Impression' tulips can be utilized in educational settings for teaching about plant life cycles and bulb growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Providing support for the cut stems, such as with floral wire, can help maintain the tulips' upright posture in arrangements. This can prevent them from sagging and snapping when in a vase for long periods of time.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePink Impression Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Pink Impression Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920414744691,"sku":"76663","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027075981427,"sku":"83965","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027076014195,"sku":"83966","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718739074_Tulip-Pink-Impression-wm-comp_f9fc3b9d-e83e-4d6a-b8b9-810d5f7f8bc0.jpg?v=1762451645"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-red-impression","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Red Impression","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Red Impression’. Red Impression Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Displays red-colored blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape, Red Impression Tulips are great for use as a cut flower, border, bedding, focal points, or mass planting. Tulip flowers are not recommended for culinary use. Darwin Hybrid Red Impression tulips are known for their large, long-lasting flowers and strong stems, making them less likely to be damaged by wind and rain. Their vivid color and sturdy nature make them popular for landscaping and floral arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Red Impression’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, fertile soil such as a sandy loam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, slugs, and bulb rot can be issues. Tulips can also attract rodents like voles that eat the bulbs. Some reports suggest tulips can deter certain pests due to their toxicity. Will attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Impression Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Borders, mass planting, focal point, cut flowers, and containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grazing, cold temperatures, and high altitude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Red Impression Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow this tulip by planting the bulbs in the fall, about 6 weeks before the first hard frost. The bulbs should be planted 6-7 inches deep in well-draining soil, with a preference for sandy or loamy types. Space the bulbs 4-6 inches apart to allow adequate room for growth. Tulips thrive in full sun to partial shade, requiring at least six hours of sunlight daily for optimal blooming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips bloom in mid to late spring, showcasing large, bright red flowers with a classic tulip shape. Deadheading is unnecessary, but removing spent flowers can help redirect energy to the bulb for next year's growth. To improve perennial blooming power, ensure that the bulbs receive a cold period during winter (12-16 weeks), which is essential for their development. Additionally, fertilize the bulbs in the fall and early spring with a balanced, slow-release fertilizer to provide necessary nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the soil remains well-drained to prevent bulb rot and consider mulching to regulate soil temperature and moisture. After the foliage has yellowed and died back naturally, which allows the plant to store energy for the next season, trim it back. Avoid cutting the leaves too soon, affecting the bulb's perennial ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Impression Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Darwin Hybrid Red Impression tulip is a versatile and vibrant addition to any garden, often used as a focal point in garden beds and borders due to its striking red blooms and sturdy stems. It is commonly mass-planted to create eye-catching displays and can be used as a border or edge flower. While it does attract pollinators like bees, it is relatively tolerant of deer or rabbit grazing, making it a good choice for gardens prone to these pests. Although not particularly fragrant, the tulip's vivid color compensates for its lack of aroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Impression Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maximize their longevity and beauty in arrangements, it's best to harvest the tulips when the buds are fully colored but not yet open. This stage ensures the flowers will open fully in the vase and last longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen harvesting, use a sharp, clean knife or garden shears to cut the stems at an angle early in the morning or late in the afternoon when the temperatures are cooler. Cutting at an angle increases the surface area for water uptake, which helps keep the flowers fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Impression Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile tulip petals are technically edible for humans, they are generally not consumed. However, the bulbs, stems, and foliage are not considered edible and can be toxic to humans and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarwin Hybrid tulips are highly regarded in the horticultural world for their large, vibrant flowers and reliable perennial performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Impression blooms can reach up to 4-6 inches wide, and their robust nature and striking color make them popular choices for creating impactful visual displays in private and public gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTips for cut flower arrangements: Ensure the tulips are placed in a clean vase with fresh water. Adding a floral preservative to the water can further extend the vase life. Change the water every few days and trim the stems slightly each time to keep the water uptake channels open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Tulips always remind me of spring. You know when the tulips in Michigan are up, spring is truly here in full force!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Impression Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Impression Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920458129523,"sku":"76664","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027065692275,"sku":"83961","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027065725043,"sku":"83962","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718810103_red-impression-comp_7b6a3739-a121-4027-9c59-c640ec520f78.jpg?v=1762451645"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-purple-pride","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Purple Pride","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Purple Pride’. Purple Pride Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Displays lavender-colored blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. Purple Pride Tulips are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, bedding, focal point, or mass planting. Tulip flowers are not recommended for culinary use. Darwin Hybrid Purple Pride tulips are known for their large, long-lasting flowers and strong stems, making them less likely to be damaged by wind and rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Purple Pride’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, fertile soil such as a sandy loam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, slugs, and bulb rot can be issues. Tulips can deter certain pests due to their toxicity. Will attract pollinators like bees and butterflies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Pride Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Borders, mass planting, focal point, cut flowers, and containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grazing, cold temperatures, and high altitude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Purple Pride Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Darwin Hybrid 'Purple Pride' tulip is primarily grown outdoors, though it can be forced indoors for winter blooms with proper chilling periods. Plant the bulbs about 6-8 inches deep in the fall, with the pointed end facing up. Ensure the soil is well-drained and fertile, with a neutral to slightly acidic pH. Space the bulbs 4-6 inches apart to give them room to grow and spread. This tulip variety thrives in full sun to partial shade, requiring at least six hours of direct sunlight daily to produce the best blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'Purple Pride' tulips bloom in mid to late spring, showcasing large, vibrant lavender purple flowers with a classic tulip shape. Deadheading is not necessary, as tulips typically do not re-bloom within the same season. To enhance perennial blooming power, leave the foliage to die back naturally, allowing the plant to store energy in the bulb for the next year's growth. Mulching in late fall can help protect the bulbs from extreme cold and improve their health year after year. Regularly inspect for pests and ensure proper watering without waterlogging to maintain optimal plant health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Pride Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Darwin Hybrid 'Purple Pride' tulip is a stunning and versatile flower perfect for any garden. Often used as a focal point in flower beds or mass-planted for a dramatic visual impact, this tulip variety attracts beneficial pollinators like bees, enhancing garden health. While not fragrant, 'Purple Pride' tulips are prized for their vibrant purple blooms and tall, sturdy stems, making them ideal cut flowers for floral arrangements. Additionally, they are not particularly appealing to deer, rabbits, and other woodland creatures, reducing garden damage. Though lacking medicinal uses, these tulips are popular for adding bold color and structure to spring gardens with their easy growth and striking appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Purple Pride Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo achieve the best results, harvest the tulips when the buds are fully colored but not yet open, typically in the early morning when the flowers are most hydrated. Purple Pride tulips are a great choice for cut flower arrangements due to their robust blooms and stems. Use a sharp, clean knife or garden shears to cut the stems at a 45-degree angle, just above the bulb, leaving some foliage to help the bulb replenish energy for the next season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Purple Pride Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile tulip petals are technically edible for humans, they are generally not consumed. However, the bulbs, stems, and foliage are not considered edible and can be toxic to humans and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Pride blooms are 4-6 inches wide, and their robust nature and striking color make them popular choices for creating impactful visual displays in private and public gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTips for tulip cut flower arrangements: Immediately place the cut stems in a bucket of cool water to maintain their freshness after harvesting. Remove any leaves that would be submerged in water to prevent bacterial growth. For best results, use a floral preservative in the water to extend the vase life of the tulips. Ensure the arrangements are kept in a cool, shaded location away from direct sunlight and heat sources to prolong their beauty. Providing additional support with floral wire or arranging them in a grid-patterned vase can help maintain the blooms' upright posture and enhance the arrangement's overall visual impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I love interplanting purple tulips with yellow ones like Novi Sun. The color combination is always stunning in the springtime.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePurple Pride Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Purple Pride Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920471957619,"sku":"76707","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027084894323,"sku":"83969","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027084927091,"sku":"83970","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718826383_Tulip-Darwin-Hybrid-Purple-Pride-comp_0320833e-759a-4177-8042-e1e68a03df79.jpg?v=1762451647"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-double-late-mixed","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Double Late - Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-120 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e. Double Late Mixed Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Attracts pollinators. Displays purple, orange, pink, red, and yellow-colored blooms in the Late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape Double Late tulips are great for use as a cut flower, border, bedding, and mass plantings. The striking beauty of Double Late Tulips is undeniable. If you've encountered them before, you certainly remember their almost peony-like appearance. They pair wonderfully well with their early blooming counterpart, Double Early Tulips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining and fertile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-65 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tulips are susceptible to aphids, slugs, and botrytis. They attract pollinators like bees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Late Mixed Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange, Yellow, Purple, Red, and Pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut flower, border, bedding, containers, and mass plantings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold, humidity, and high altitude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Double Late Mixed Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Late Mixed tulips are primarily cultivated outdoors and thrive in garden beds and containers. For planting, select a location with well-drained, sandy or loamy soil and ensure it receives full sun to partial shade. Plant the bulbs in the fall, approximately 6-8 weeks before the first hard frost. Dig holes about 6-7 inches deep and space the bulbs 4-6 inches apart to promote proper air circulation and growth. Make sure the pointed end of the bulb faces upwards. After planting, water the area thoroughly to help establish the bulbs before winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo enhance perennial blooming, provide the bulbs with adequate nutrition by applying a balanced fertilizer in the fall and again in late spring as soon as the foliage peaks. In colder zones, mulching over the bulbs before winter can offer additional protection from freezing temperatures. After the flowers fade, cut back the stem but allow the foliage to die naturally. This process helps the bulbs store energy for the next year's growth. For optimal results, ensure consistent moisture levels during the growing season and monitor for common pests like aphids and slugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDouble Late Mixed Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Late Mixed Tulips are a versatile addition to any garden. They are commonly used as focal points, border edges, and in mass plantings to create vibrant, eye-catching displays. These tulips are not particularly fragrant but are known for their striking, double-layered blooms in a mix of colors, making them excellent for cut flower arrangements. They attract pollinators such as bees and enhance garden biodiversity. Deer, rabbits, and other woodland creatures generally avoid them due to their mild toxicity. Their height, typically between 14-18 inches, makes them suitable for mid-border plantings rather than as tall background flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Double Late Mixed Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips are often utilized as focal points in garden beds, where their vibrant, double-layered blooms create a striking visual impact. A landscape designer might choose Double Late Mixed Tulips over other varieties due to their late blooming period, which brings a welcome splash of color to the garden at the beginning of spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood companion plants include other spring bulbs like Early Blooming Tulips or daffodils and hyacinths, which bloom around the same time and offer complementary colors and forms. Perennials such as hostas, daylilies, and alliums can provide a continuous display of foliage and flowers throughout the growing season, helping fill in gaps once the tulips have bloomed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Double Late Mixed Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTulips contain alkaloid and glycoside compounds that are toxic to humans and pets such as cats and dogs. Ingesting any part of the tulip can lead to symptoms such as drooling, vomiting, diarrhea, and, in severe cases, more serious complications. It is advisable to keep pets and children away from tulip beds and monitor them if tulips are planted within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Tulips are perennials, but some people prefer to treat them as annuals as their reliability to rebloom each year tends to decline with time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Late Mixed Tulips are good for spring-cut flower use. Their full blooms make them sought after for this purpose. Providing support such as flower foam and wire is often necessary to keep them upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I remember seeing a Double Tulip for the first time. It was springtime at Frederik Meijer Gardens. I was initially confused because the flower looked like a peony, but the foliage looked like a tulip! I was amazed!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDouble Late Mixed Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Double Late Mixed Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920553255027,"sku":"76710","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027057041523,"sku":"83957","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027057074291,"sku":"83958","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718815300_mixed-doubles-late-wm-comp_59139669-64e1-41d5-ba13-8f027efaa15d.jpg?v=1762451650"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-darwin-hybrid-mixed","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Darwin Hybrid - Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e85-95 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e. Mixed Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Grazing tolerant. Attracts pollinators. Displays pink, red, purple, yellow, and multicolored blooms in the mid to late spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. Mixed Tulips are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, bedding, focal point, or mass planting. Darwin Hybrid Mixed tulips are known for their large, long-lasting flowers and strong stems, making them less likely to be damaged by wind and rain; and also the perfect choice for cut flower use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, fertile soil such as a sandy loam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Darwin Hybrid Tulips are susceptible to aphids, slugs, snails, rodents, and tulip fire (\u003cem\u003eBotrytis tulipae\u003c\/em\u003e), but they can deter deer and rabbits. They attract beneficial insects like bees and ladybugs, which help with pollination and pest control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Darwin Hybrid Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink, purple, red, yellow, and multi-colored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Borders, mass planting, focal point, cut flowers, and containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grazing, cold temperatures, and high altitude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Mixed Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarwin Hybrid Mixed tulips are primarily grown outdoors, though they can be forced indoors for winter blooms with proper chilling periods. These tulips should be planted in the fall, around 6-8 weeks before the ground freezes. Plant the bulbs 6-8 inches deep with the pointed end facing up, and space them about 4-6 inches apart to allow for adequate air circulation and room for growth. For containers, ensure there is a minimum of 2 inches of soil below the bulb for proper root development. The soil should be well-draining, rich in organic matter, and slightly acidic to neutral (pH 6.0-7.0). These tulips thrive in full sun, requiring at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoliage should be left intact after the blooms begin to fade, as this helps the bulb store energy for the next season. To improve perennial blooming power, ensure the bulbs are planted in a location with excellent drainage to prevent rot. Applying a balanced fertilizer at the time of planting and then again in early spring as growth begins can promote strong development. Mulching over the planting area in the fall helps protect the bulbs from extreme cold. Lift and divide the bulbs every few years to prevent overcrowding and to refresh the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMixed Darwin Hybrid Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarwin Hybrid Tulips are versatile and vibrant garden flowers often used as focal points, mass plantings, or borders due to their height and striking appearance. While not particularly fragrant, their large, colorful blooms attract pollinators like bees. They can deter some pests, such as deer and rabbits, but are not entirely immune to them. Their primary role in the garden is ornamental, providing a splash of color and elegance in spring landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mixed Darwin Hybrid Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarwin Hybrid Tulips are highly valued in cut flower arrangements for their large blooms and sturdy stems. For the best results, harvest the tulips in the early morning when the buds are just starting to show color but are still tightly closed. Use a sharp, clean knife or scissors to cut the stems at an angle, about an inch above the bulb. This method helps to maximize water uptake and prolong the freshness of the flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce harvested, place the stems immediately in a bucket of lukewarm water. When arranging the tulips, provide support such as floral foam to keep the stems upright and in place. Tulips continue to grow slightly even after being cut, so they may need occasional repositioning in the arrangement. They pair well with other spring flowers, such as daffodils, hyacinths, and irises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mixed Darwin Hybrid Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile tulip petals are technically edible for humans, they are generally not consumed. However, the bulbs, stems, and foliage are not considered edible and can be toxic to humans and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips have won several awards, including the Royal Horticultural Society's Award of Garden Merit, recognizing their exceptional qualities in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarwin Hybrid Tulips, bred by D.W. Lefeber in the Netherlands in the 20th century, are prized for their large, vibrant flowers and strong stems. Originating from a cross between Fosteriana and Single Late Tulips, they offer an extended blooming period and robust garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"The Darwin Hybrid Mixed option is great for those who can’t decide what color scheme to go with other than COLORFUL! These bulbs explode with vibrancy for a fantastic display each spring.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMixed Darwin Hybrid Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mixed Darwin Hybrid Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920571605107,"sku":"76708","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027052781683,"sku":"83953","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027052814451,"sku":"83954","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718825708_Tulip-Darwin-Hybrid-Mixed-wm-comp_716250ac-8b72-4508-9c94-391280e9e10a.jpg?v=1762451651"},{"product_id":"tulip-bulbs-double-early-mixed","title":"Tulip Bulbs - Double Early - Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e. Double Early Mixed Tulip Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10 (choose pre-cooled bulbs). Attracts pollinators. Displays purple, orange, pink, red, and white-colored multi-layered blooms in the early spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape, Double Early tulips are great for use as a cut flower, border, bedding, and mass plantings. Double Early Tulip Flowers are not recommended for culinary use. The drama of Double Early Tulips is hard to miss. They are almost peony-like in appearance and are highly regarded for their beauty and early blooming ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTulipa gesneriana\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual in zones 9 and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining and fertile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-65 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tulips are susceptible to aphids, slugs, and botrytis. They attract pollinators like bees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Early Mixed Tulip Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink, Purple, Red, White, Yellow, and Orange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut flower, border, bedding, containers, and mass plantings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold and high altitude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Double Early Mixed Tulip Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Early Mixed tulips are primarily grown outdoors and are well-suited for garden beds and containers. To plant these bulbs, choose a location with well-drained, sandy, or loamy soil and full sun to partial shade. Plant the bulbs in the fall, around 6-8 weeks before the first hard frost. Dig holes approximately 6-8 inches deep and space the bulbs about 4-6 inches apart to allow for proper air circulation and growth. The pointed end of the bulb should face upwards. After planting, water the area thoroughly to help establish the bulbs before winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo improve perennial blooming power, ensure the bulbs receive adequate nutrition by applying a balanced fertilizer in the fall and again in early spring. In colder zones, mulching over the bulbs before winter sets in can offer greater protection from freezing temperatures. After the flowers fade, cut back the flower stem but allow the foliage to die back naturally, as this helps the bulbs store energy for the next year's growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Does Pre-Cooled Mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your region, you may want to consider chilling your bulbs before planting if you do not experience cool winters. This will help ensure successful blooming. Pre-cooled bulbs have been stored at a consistent temperature of 41 F in a refrigerator before planting. This process is particularly beneficial for gardeners in warmer climates, zones 8-10, where natural winter temperatures are not cold enough to meet tulips' dormancy requirements. Tulips need 12-16 weeks at temperatures below 50 F to bloom effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDouble Early Mixed Tulips in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Early Mixed Tulips are a versatile addition to any garden. They are commonly used as focal points, border edges, and in mass plantings to create vibrant, eye-catching displays. These tulips are not particularly fragrant but are known for their striking, double-layered blooms in a mix of colors, making them excellent for cut flower arrangements. They attract pollinators such as bees, enhancing garden biodiversity, but are generally avoided by deer, rabbits, and other woodland creatures due to their mild toxicity. Their height, typically between 14-16 inches, makes them suitable for mid-border plantings rather than as tall background flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Double Early Mixed Tulips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese tulips are often utilized as focal points in garden beds, where their vibrant, double-layered blooms create a striking visual impact. A landscape designer might choose Double Early Mixed Tulips over other varieties due to their early blooming period, which brings a welcome splash of color to the garden at the beginning of spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood companion plants include other spring bulbs like daffodils and hyacinths, which bloom around the same time and offer complementary colors and forms. Perennials such as hostas, daylilies, and alliums can provide a continuous display of foliage and flowers throughout the growing season, helping to fill in gaps once the tulips have finished blooming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Double Early Mixed Tulip Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTulips contain alkaloid and glycoside compounds that are toxic to humans and pets such as cats and dogs. Ingesting any part of the tulip can lead to symptoms such as drooling, vomiting, diarrhea, and in severe cases, more serious complications. It is advisable to keep pets and children away from tulip beds and monitor them if tulips are planted within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTulip petals have occasionally been used in craft projects, such as creating natural dyes or in pressed flower art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Early Mixed Tulips are fantastic for early season cut flower use. Their full blooms make them sought after for this purpose. Providing support such as flower foam and wire is often necessary to keep them upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Tulips are perennials, but some people prefer to treat them as annuals as their reliability to rebloom each year tends to decline with time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I remember the first time I saw a Double Tulip. It was springtime at Frederik Meijer Gardens. I was confused at first because the flower looked like a peony but the foliage looked like a tulip!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDouble Early Mixed Tulip Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Double Early Mixed Tulip Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":41920589824115,"sku":"76709","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027054649459,"sku":"83955","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027054682227,"sku":"83956","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1718814840_mixed-doubles-early-comp_ddf956d5-fd96-49a9-be8c-89a7aad63d8d.jpg?v=1762451651"},{"product_id":"daffodil-bulbs-mixed-trumpets","title":"Daffodil Bulbs - Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Now! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-120 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eNarcissus pseudonarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e. Mixed Daffodil Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays white, cream, orange, and yellow blooms in mid-spring. Daffodils are celebrated for their classic and iconic shape, which features a large central corona (trumpet) surrounded by petal-like tepals. Their bright colors and early blooms bring cheer to gardens after the winter season. They require minimal care once established and naturalize well, spreading over time without becoming invasive. Recommended for growing in beds, fields, and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are great for use as a border, bedding, mass-planting, container, or cut flower. It has an upright, clumping growth habit with tolerance to drought. Daffodil flowers are toxic if ingested and will cause an upset stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eNarcissus pseudonarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained, moderately fertile soil. Prefers slightly acidic to neutral pH of 6-7.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to bulb rot if soil is too wet. Generally pest-resistant but can occasionally be bothered by narcissus bulb flies, slugs, and snails. Attracts bees and other pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Daffodil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow, orange, cream, and white. Some may appear bi-colored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended for growing in beds, fields, and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are great for use as a border, bedding, mass-planted, container, and cut flower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Deer and Rabbit Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Mixed Daffodil Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed Daffodils are primarily grown outdoors, where they thrive in garden beds, borders, and containers. To grow these beautiful bulbs, plant them in the fall, about 2 to 4 weeks before the ground freezes. This timing allows the bulbs to establish roots before winter sets in. A cold period of 12-16 weeks is required to produce blooms. Plant the bulbs 4-6 inches deep and 3-6 inches apart in well-draining, moderately fertile soil with a slightly acidic to neutral pH. Full sun to partial shade is ideal, with full sun promoting the best blooms. These daffodils prefer cooler growing temperatures between 60 F to 70 F (15 C to 21 C) but are hardy down to -20 F (-29 C) during their dormant winter period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed Daffodils bloom in early to mid-spring. Their upright growth habit and clumping nature make them an attractive addition to any garden. Deadheading, or removing spent flowers, is not necessary for daffodils but can improve the garden's appearance. To enhance perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after blooming, as this process helps the bulbs store energy for the next season. Providing a balanced fertilizer in early spring and ensuring good drainage will promote healthy growth and blooming year after year. Additionally, dividing overcrowded clumps every few years will maintain the plants' vigor and flowering performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMixed Daffodils in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the notable benefits of growing Mixed Daffodils is their resistance to pests. The bulbs and leaves contain lycorine, a substance that is toxic to deer, rabbits, and other woodland creatures, making them less likely to be eaten. This quality makes daffodils an excellent choice for gardens prone to wildlife browsing. Additionally, these flowers attract pollinators such as bees, which are essential for a healthy garden ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Mixed Daffodil\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed Daffodils are versatile and can be used in various ways in the garden. They are excellent for mass planting, creating striking displays of color in the early spring. These daffodils can be used as focal points in garden beds or as part of a border or edge, where their bright blooms provide a cheerful contrast to other plants. Their upright growth habit and medium height make them suitable for both background and foreground planting, depending on the design. They are also wonderful for naturalizing in meadows and woodland gardens, where they can multiply and create a more informal, natural look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mixed Daffodil Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed Daffodils are not edible and are, in fact, toxic if consumed by humans or animals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecific cultivars within this mix have received awards such as the Royal Horticultural Society’s Award of Garden Merit (AGM). This award signifies that the plant has undergone rigorous testing and has proven to be an excellent garden plant in terms of reliability, ease of growing, and overall performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed Daffodils are fragrant, with a light, sweet scent that adds to their appeal as garden flowers. They are also popular as cut flowers, adding a fresh, vibrant touch to indoor arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed Daffodils excite the eye by producing vibrant flowers in shades of yellow, white, and orange, often with contrasting trumpets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"This daffodil mix will keep you excited throughout the early and mid-spring as you eagerly anticipate their blooming and then discover which colors and combinations pop up!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMixed Daffodil Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mixed Daffodil Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":42028153340019,"sku":"77149","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Daffodil-Mixed-Trumpets-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451733"},{"product_id":"daffodil-bulbs-large-cupped-carlton","title":"Daffodil Bulbs - Large Cupped 'Carlton'","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting in warm climates, or as houseplants indoors. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-120 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eNarcissus \u003c\/em\u003e‘Carlton’. Large Cupped Carlton Daffodil Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays solid yellow blooms in mid-spring. Recommended for growing in flower beds and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are great for use as a border, bedding, mass-planted, or cut flower. It has an upright, clumping growth habit with tolerance to drought and deer or rabbits. Daffodil flowers are toxic if ingested. Large Cupped Carlton Daffodils won the prestigious Royal Horticultural Society Award of Garden Merit for outstanding perennial performance. Known for its large, bright yellow blooms and strong fragrance. It is highly reliable and long-lived, making it one of the best for naturalization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eNarcissus pseudonarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Carlton’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining soil. Tolerant of many soil types and pHs as long as they are well-draining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Daffodils are susceptible to bulb rot, narcissus bulb fly, slugs, and snails. However, they tend to deter deer and rodents due to their toxicity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Cupped Carlton Daffodil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beds, borders, mass plantings, cut flowers, and containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Deer and Rabbits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Large Cupped Carlton Daffodil Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure the best blooms, plant the bulbs in the fall, ideally before the first frost. The optimal planting depth is about 4-6 inches, and the bulbs should be spaced 3-6 inches apart to allow enough room for growth and air circulation. Daffodils need 12-16 weeks of cold in order to bloom in the spring. These daffodils prefer well-drained, moderately fertile soil. If your soil is heavy clay or particularly sandy, consider amending it with compost to improve its texture and fertility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarlton Daffodils thrive in full sun to partial shade. Full sun encourages the best flower production, but they can tolerate some shade, especially in warmer climates. Deadheading spent blooms is not necessary for reblooming but can improve the plant's appearance. To enhance perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after the blooms fade. This process enables the bulbs to store energy for the next season. Regularly applying a balanced, slow-release fertilizer in the fall can also promote healthy growth and robust blooming year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLarge Cupped Carlton Daffodil in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge Cupped Carlton Daffodils are particularly effective when mass-planted to create stunning swathes of bright yellow in early spring. Due to their moderate height (10-14 inches), they are best placed in the middle ground of a border rather than at the back. They can also be used in naturalized areas, under trees, or in rock gardens, where they can spread and multiply over the years to create a natural, effortless look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Large Cupped Carlton Daffodil\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarlton Daffodils are known for their strong, pleasant fragrance, which adds an extra sensory dimension to the garden. The scent is sweet and floral, making them excellent for cutting and bringing to enjoy in bouquets indoors. Their robustness, ease of growth, and multiple applications in garden design make them a popular choice for gardeners looking to add reliable and beautiful spring color to their landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Large Cupped Carlton Daffodil Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge-cupped Carlton Daffodils are not safe for consumption and should not be eaten. The toxicity extends to pets as well, making the plant dangerous for dogs, cats, and other animals if they consume any part of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese daffodils have been recognized for their performance and beauty. They have been awarded the Royal Horticultural Society's Award of Garden Merit, which signifies their excellence in garden performance, stability, and resilience. This award highlights their reliability, making them a trusted choice for gardeners seeking proven plants for their landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile they are primarily ornamental, they also serve an ecological role by adding early-season nectar sources for bees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir naturalizing ability makes them ideal for low-maintenance landscapes, where they can fill in spaces and reduce the need for annual planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the Royal Horticultural Society, there are approximately 13,000 distinct daffodil varieties. Carlton falls into the category of Large Cupped Daffodils, meaning that there is one flower per stem, with a cup-shaped corona of more than one-third but less than the length of the petals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Of all the spring flowers, daffodils are the most nostalgic to me. My mother always planted them around my childhood home. When I see them, they remind me of many happy springs spent with my mother.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLarge Cupped Carlton Daffodil Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Large Cupped Carlton Daffodil Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":42028205670515,"sku":"77150","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027045736563,"sku":"83945","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027045769331,"sku":"83946","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Daffodil-Large-Cupped-Carlton-comp.jpg?v=1762451735"},{"product_id":"daffodil-bulbs-large-cupped-ice-follies","title":"Daffodil Bulbs - Large Cupped 'Ice Follies'","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting in warm climates, or as houseplants indoors. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-120 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eNarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Ice Follies’. Large-Cupped Ice Follies Daffodil Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays bicolored white and yellow blooms in the early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in garden beds and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are used as a border, bedding, mass-planting, and cut flowers. It has an upright, clumping growth habit that tolerates cold, heat, drought, and deer. Daffodil flowers are toxic if ingested. These daffodils are celebrated for their classic and iconic shape, which features a large central corona (trumpet) surrounded by petal-like tepals. Their bright colors and early blooms bring cheer to gardens after winter. They require minimal care once established and naturalize well, spreading over time without becoming invasive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eNarcissus pseudonarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Ice Follies’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, moderately fertile soil. Prefers slightly acidic to neutral pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to bulb rot if soil is too wet. Generally pest-resistant but can occasionally be bothered by narcissus bulb flies, slugs, and snails. Attracts bees and other pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow and white bicolored\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended for growing in containers, beds, fields, and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are used as a border or bedding plant and make good cut flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Cold, Deer and Rabbit Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Ice Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIce Follies Large-Cupped Daffodils are best suited for outdoor cultivation, flourishing in garden beds, borders, and containers. For optimal growth, plant the bulbs in the fall, approximately 2 to 4 weeks before the ground freezes, allowing them to establish roots before winter. Daffodils need 12-16 weeks of cold to bloom in the spring. Set the bulbs 4-6 inches deep and 3-6 inches apart in well-draining, moderately fertile soil with a slightly acidic to neutral pH. They thrive in full sun to partial shade, with full sun yielding the best blooms. These daffodils prefer cooler temperatures between 60°F to 70°F (15°C to 21°C) but can withstand winter dormancy down to -20°F (-29°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIce Follies Large-Cupped Daffodils bloom from early to mid-spring. Their upright growth and clumping habits make them a charming addition to any garden. While deadheading is not necessary for daffodils, it can enhance the garden's appearance and prevent energy wastage in seed production. To ensure robust perennial blooming, allow the foliage to die back naturally after flowering, which helps the bulbs store energy for the following season. Applying a balanced fertilizer in early spring and ensuring good drainage will support healthy growth and blooming year after year. Additionally, dividing overcrowded clumps every few years will help maintain the plant's vigor and flowering performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIce Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA significant advantage of growing Ice Follies Large-Cupped Daffodils is their pest resistance. The bulbs and leaves contain lycorine, a toxic substance that deters deer, rabbits, and other wildlife, reducing their likelihood of being eaten. This makes daffodils an ideal choice for gardens vulnerable to wildlife browsing. Moreover, these flowers attract pollinators like bees, which play a crucial role in maintaining a healthy garden ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Ice Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'Ice Follies' Daffodils offer versatility in garden design. They are ideal for mass planting, creating vibrant displays of color in early spring. These daffodils can serve as focal points in garden beds or enhance borders and edges with their bright blooms, providing a cheerful contrast to other plants. Their upright growth habit and medium height make them suitable for both background and foreground planting, depending on the design. Additionally, they are perfect for naturalizing in meadows and woodland gardens, where they can multiply and contribute to a more informal, natural appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ice Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIce Follies Daffodils are not edible and are, in fact, toxic if consumed by humans or animals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge-Cupped Ice Follies Daffodils have received the Award of Garden Merit from the Royal Horticultural Society. This award highlights their excellent performance in gardens, reliability, and ease of growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'Ice Follies' are known for their reliability and hardiness, making them a low-maintenance option for gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flowers of 'Ice Follies' daffodils are quite large, typically measuring about 4 inches (10 cm) in diameter. Their substantial size contributes to their striking appearance and makes them a prominent feature in any garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir large, showy flowers with white petals and a yellow cup that fades to creamy white make them a standout choice for adding brightness to the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Interplanting daffodils and tulips is a great way to add interest and color to your spring garden but also reduce the deer grazing on your tulips!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIce Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bub Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Ice Follies Large-Cupped Daffodil Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":42028335104115,"sku":"77151","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027051667571,"sku":"83951","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027051700339,"sku":"83952","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Daffodil-Large-Cupped-Ice-Follies-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451735"},{"product_id":"daffodil-bulbs-large-cupped-fortune","title":"Daffodil Bulbs - Large Cupped 'Fortune'","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-120 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eNarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Fortune’. Large Cupped Fortune Daffodil Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, heirloom. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays orange and yellow bicolored blooms in the early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in garden beds and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are used as a border, bedding, mass-planting, and cut flowers. It has an upright, clumping growth habit that tolerates drought. Daffodil flowers are toxic if ingested. Renowned for its large, bright flowers and long blooming period. It's a reliable, easy-to-grow variety that offers a cheerful display in spring. ‘Fortune’ has won the Royal Horticultural Society's Award of Garden Merit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eNarcissus pseudonarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Fortune’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, moderately fertile soil. Prefers slightly acidic to neutral pH of 6-7.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to bulb rot if soil is too wet. Generally pest-resistant but can occasionally be bothered by narcissus bulb flies, slugs, and snails. Attracts bees and other pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFortune Large Cupped Daffodil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow and Orange Bicolored\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended for growing in garden beds and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are used as a border, bedding, mass-planting, and cut flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Deer and Rabbit Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil is primarily grown outdoors but can be forced indoors for early blooms. For outdoor planting, it should be done in the fall, ideally 2-4 weeks before the first hard frost. Daffodils need 12-18 weeks of cool temperatures to bloom in the spring. Plant the bulbs 4-6 inches deep in well-drained soil with a slightly acidic to neutral pH. Spacing should be about 6 inches apart to allow for adequate growth and air circulation. These daffodils prefer full sun but can tolerate partial shade, especially in warmer climates where some afternoon shade can help extend the blooming period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis daffodil blooms in mid-spring, showcasing bright yellow petals with a large, contrasting orange cup. While deadheading is not necessary, removing spent flowers can help direct the plant’s energy back to the bulb for next year’s growth. To improve perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after blooming; this process helps replenish the bulb’s nutrients. Applying a balanced, slow-release fertilizer in the fall and early spring can support robust growth and blooming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsuring the best health from year to year involves proper planting depth, adequate spacing, and maintaining well-drained soil. Avoid overwatering, as soggy soil can lead to bulb rot. Mulching can help retain soil moisture and regulate temperature. Regularly check for pests like the narcissus bulb fly, slugs, and snails, and take appropriate action if infestations occur. Optionally, apply a light fertilizer in early spring when the greens just start to poke through. Once the foliage has died back in summer, cut them back and wait for next year’s show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFortune Large Cupped Daffodil in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile not particularly known for its fragrance, some varieties of daffodils have a light, sweet scent. The Fortune variety can be used as a cut flower, adding a vibrant touch to indoor floral arrangements. However, care should be taken when handling daffodils in bouquets, as their sap can be irritating to the skin and other flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil is a versatile flower widely used in various garden settings. Its bright and cheerful blooms make it an excellent choice for borders, edges, and mass plantings. Due to its height, it can serve as a mid-level background plant in smaller gardens or a focal point in larger beds and naturalized areas. It’s often planted in drifts or clusters to create a bold, eye-catching display in the spring. This daffodil is also suitable for rock gardens and under trees, where it can add a pop of color to shaded areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll parts of the daffodil contain toxic alkaloids, particularly lycorine, which can cause nausea, vomiting, and more severe reactions if ingested by humans or animals. Therefore, it is unsafe for consumption and should be kept away from pets, who might also suffer from similar toxic effects if they ingest any part of the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil has received recognition for its garden performance. It has been awarded the Royal Horticultural Society's Award of Garden Merit, highlighting its reliability, disease resistance, and overall excellence in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaffodils are currently being researched in conjunction with modern cancer treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a symbol of renewal and rebirth, often associated with spring and featured in various forms of artwork, literature, and celebrations worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Daffodils make great gifts for friends. They are a low-waste, eco-friendly way to tell your friends you care about them!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFortune Large Cupped Daffodil Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Fortune Large Cupped Daffodil Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":42028352438387,"sku":"77152","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027046850675,"sku":"83947","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027046883443,"sku":"83948","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Daffodil-Large-Cupped-Fortune-Comp.jpg?v=1755027830"},{"product_id":"daffodil-bulbs-trumpet-mount-hood","title":"Daffodil Bulbs - Trumpet 'Mount Hood'","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-120 Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eNarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e. Mount Hood Trumpet Daffodil Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays white blooms in the early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in garden beds and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are used as a border, bedding, mass-planting, and cut flowers. It has an upright, clumping growth habit that tolerates drought conditions. Daffodil flowers are toxic if ingested. 'Mount Hood' was introduced in the 1930s by the Van Waveren firm in the Netherlands, a region famous for its bulb cultivation. Its introduction added a unique, all-white daffodil to the options available to gardeners. Since then, 'Mount Hood' has earned the Award of Garden Merit from the Royal Horticultural Society, a testament to its excellence in terms of performance, disease resistance, and overall garden worthiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eNarcissus pseudonarcissus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, moderately fertile soil. Prefers slightly acidic to neutral pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to bulb rot if soil is too wet. Generally pest-resistant but can occasionally be bothered by narcissus bulb flies, slugs, and snails. Attracts bees and other pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Hood Trumpet Daffodil Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended for growing in containers, beds, fields, and containers. In the landscape, daffodils are used as a border or bedding plant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Deer and Rabbit Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Mount Hood Trumpet Daffodil Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best outdoor results, plant the bulbs in the fall, ideally 2-4 weeks before the first hard frost. This timing allows the bulbs to establish roots before winter. A cold period of 12-16 weeks is necessary to produce blooms in the spring. Plant the bulbs 4-6 inches deep in well-drained soil with a slightly acidic to neutral pH for successful growth. Space them about 6 inches apart to ensure adequate growth and air circulation. While these daffodils thrive in full sun, they can tolerate partial shade, especially in warmer climates where afternoon shade can extend the blooming period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadheading is unnecessary, but removing spent flowers can help redirect the plant’s energy back to the bulb for the next year’s growth. To maximize perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after blooming, which helps replenish the bulb’s nutrients. Applying a balanced, slow-release fertilizer in the fall and early spring can support robust growth and vibrant blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsuring the health of your Mount Hood Trumpet Daffodils from year to year involves proper planting depth, adequate spacing, and maintaining well-drained soil. Overwatering can lead to bulb rot, so avoiding soggy soil conditions is crucial. Mulching can help retain soil moisture and regulate temperature, providing a stable environment for your daffodils. Regularly check for pests like the narcissus bulb fly, slugs, and snails, and take appropriate action if infestations occur. A light application of fertilizer in early spring, when the greens just start to poke through, can further support healthy growth. Once the foliage has died back in summer, cut it back and prepare for the next year’s show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMount Hood Trumpet Daffodil in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese daffodils attract pollinators such as bees, adding ecological value to the garden. They are also resistant to deer, rabbits, and other woodland creatures, making them a low-maintenance choice for pest-prone areas. Mount Hood Daffodils are excellent as cut flowers, bringing their elegant beauty indoors. However, they should be handled with care due to their sap, which can be irritating to the skin and other flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use of Mount Hood Trumpet Daffodil\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount Hood Trumpet Daffodils are versatile and striking additions to any garden, often used as focal points, border plants, or mass-planted for a stunning display. Their pure white blooms and tall, sturdy stems make them ideal for creating visual interest and structure in garden beds. Like most daffodils, Mount Hood requires minimal care once established. It’s deer-resistant and can thrive in various soil conditions, provided there's good drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mount Hood Trumpet Daffodil Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll parts of the daffodil contain toxic alkaloids, particularly lycorine, which can cause nausea, vomiting, and more severe reactions if ingested by humans or animals. Therefore, it is unsafe for consumption and should be kept away from pets, who might suffer similar toxic effects if they ingest any part of the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're looking for a daffodil that offers something a bit different from the usual yellow varieties, 'Mount Hood' is a perfect choice. Its pure white blooms are both elegant and striking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaffodils are currently being researched in conjunction with modern cancer treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e’Mount Hood' is also well-suited for naturalizing in lawns or woodland gardens. Once planted, it will return year after year, often multiplying over time to create an even more impressive display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"One of the early bloomers, 'Mount Hood' starts flowering in early to mid-spring and can last for several weeks. This makes it a great choice for extending the flowering season in your garden. Interplant it with other daffodils and tulips to create a striking spring display.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMount Hood Trumpet Daffodil Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mount Hood Trumpet Daffodil Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":42028364988531,"sku":"77153","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027048849523,"sku":"83949","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 Bulbs","offer_id":45027048882291,"sku":"83950","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/DDaffodil-Trumpet-Mount-Hood-Comp.jpg?v=1755027832"},{"product_id":"peony-bulbs-shirley-temple","title":"Peony Bulbs - Shirley Temple","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Shirley Temple’. Shirley Temple Peony Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer resistant. Rabbit Resistant Attracts pollinators and butterflies. Displays white blooms in the late spring to early summer. Recommended for growing in garden beds. In the landscape peonies are great for use as a cut flower, border, or background plant. It has an upright, bushy growth habit with tolerance to deer and rabbits due to their bitter taste and fragrant blooms. Shirley Temple flowers are toxic if consumed by humans, dogs, cats, and horses. They are reliable and vigorous as they return year after year. The large, fragrant, and fluffy blooms are an intoxicatingly delightful addition to any spring garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Shirley Temple’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches. Dig a generous hole and plant so the top of the roots are covered with no more than 1-2 inches of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and bushy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Humus-rich and well-draining with a neutral pH. Heavy or sandy soil should be amended with compost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-80 F (cold winters and hot summers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shirley Temple Peonies are not commonly plagued by pests or diseases. If they are, it is likely honey fungus or peony wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShirley Temple Peony Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White to Light Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late Spring to Early Summer (May-June)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rabbit and Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Shirley Temple Peony Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a planting site that is in full sun, is not exposed to strong winds, and has well-draining soil. Before planting, amend the soil with bone meal and compost. In the early fall, about 6 weeks before your first frost date, dig a hole big enough for the roots. Place the root in the hole so that the eye faces upward. The eye should be no more than 2 inches below the soil surface. Water heavily to settle the soil down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies do not require much fertilization, but they benefit from an annual compost application, especially if the soil is of lower quality. Peonies such as Shirley Temple do well with staking to help them sustain their massive blooms atop. Tough weather, such as heavy rain, can cause them to droop to the ground without support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies are very low-maintenance and do not need to be divided from year to year. They can live up to 50 years and be perfectly healthy. Do not transplant your peonies. They tend not to respond well. Keep in mind peonies require 2-3 years to fully thrive. Expect few to no blooms in the first two years. Peony maintenance includes removing the spent blooms once they have faded and then cutting the entire plant back once the foliage has died in the autumn time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShirley Temple Peony in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the garden, Shirley Temple Peonies are usefully and adaptable to many soil types. They are often used as a spring focal point or a flower border. Interplant with roses, bearded irises, and other flowering perennials for an outstanding flower bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Shirley Temple Peony\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not cut any blooms in the first two years. The plant may not bloom in the first year. By year three, you can begin to harvest cut flower blooms. Do not cut more than 30% of them to allow the plant to continue establishing. Year 4 and beyond, you can safely cut up to 70% of the blooms without damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith sharp, clean scissors, snip off the bloom at the base of the plant when still just barely in bud and store in cool water. Flower food can help extend the life of the blooms, as well as frequent water changes and fresh stem cuts every other day. They can last 1-2 weeks in ideal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Shirley Temple Peony Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies are not edible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ruffled blooms of Shirley Temple Peonies are an undeniably good addition to almost any garden. They showcase beautiful flowers in the late spring and then offer gorgeous foliage the rest of the growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies are originally native to many parts of Asia but have since become a staple in many western gardens for obvious reasons. There are now a wide variety of peonies to choose from and are sure to please anyone looking for a wonderful perennial cut flower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOften associated with bridal bouquets, peonies herald the start of summer and, with it, wedding season. Peonies are specifically requested by many brides for their bouquets and decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInterplant Shirly Temple with other peonies blooming at different times. Shirly Temple is a mid-season variety but there are also early and late-season ones too! With proper planning, you can have continuous peonies for up to six weeks!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I love interplanting various different types of peonies with ferns and salvia. Something about that combination is just magical and looks like a woodland fairy kingdom!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShirley Temple Peony Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Shirley Temple Peony Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050140569715,"sku":"77154","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050140602483,"sku":"77185","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/shirley-temple-peony-comp.jpg?v=1762451749"},{"product_id":"peony-bulbs-duchess-de-nemours","title":"Peony Bulbs - Duchess de Nemours","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Duchess de Nemours’. Duchess de Nemours Peony Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, heirloom. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators and butterflies. Displays white blooms in the late spring to early summer. Recommended for growing in flower beds. In the landscape peonies are great for use as a cut flower, border, or background plant. It has an upright, bushy growth habit with tolerance to deer and rabbits. Duchess de Nemours flowers are toxic if consumed by humans, dogs, cats, and horses. These pristine white peonies are hard to pass up. The Duchess de Nemours Peony has received the prestigious Award of Garden Merit from the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS), indicating its excellence as a garden plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Duchess de Nemours’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches. Dig a generous hole and plant so the top of the roots are covered with no more than 1-2 inches of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and bushy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Humus-rich and well-draining with a neutral pH. Heavy or sandy soil should be amended with compost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-80 F (cold winters and hot summers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Duchess de Nemours Peonies are not commonly plagued by pests or diseases. If they are, it is likely honey fungus or peony wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuchess de Nemours Peony Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late Spring to Early Summer (May-June)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rabbit and Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Duchess de Nemours Peony Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Duchess de Nemours Peony is primarily grown outdoors due to its need for full sunlight and ample space to develop its large, robust blooms. It should be planted in the fall, typically in September or October (at least 6 weeks before your first fall frost), to allow the roots to establish before winter. When planting, ensure the eyes (buds) are buried no more than 2 inches below the soil surface. The soil should be well-draining and fertile, with a neutral to slightly acidic pH. Space the plants 3-4 feet (36-48 Inches) apart to provide adequate air circulation and room for growth. Peonies thrive in full sun, requiring at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily to produce the best blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peonies bloom in late spring to early summer, offering large, fragrant white flowers with a creamy center. They have a clumping growth habit, reaching about 24-36 inches in height and width. Regular deadheading of spent blooms is not necessary, but it can help maintain a tidy appearance and prevent disease. Be sure the plants are shielded from strong winds and are staked to avoid drooping over. Regular monitoring for common pests and diseases, such as botrytis blight and powdery mildew, is also crucial to maintain the plant's vigor and beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo improve perennial blooming power, ensure the plants are mulched annually with compost or well-rotted manure, which enriches the soil and retains moisture. Additionally, avoid over-fertilizing, as this can lead to lush foliage at the expense of fewer blooms. In the fall, peonies should be cut to the ground once the foliage has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDuchess de Nemours Peony in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Duchess de Nemours Peony is a versatile and elegant addition to any garden, often used as a focal point or in borders due to its stunning, large, and fragrant white blooms. Its sweet, rose-like fragrance enhances the sensory experience of the garden. This peony attracts pollinators such as bees and butterflies, contributing to a healthy garden ecosystem. While it is resistant to deer and rabbits, making it a hardy choice in areas prone to wildlife, it does not specifically prevent pests. The plant's height and lush foliage make it suitable for background or mass planting for a dramatic effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Duchess de Nemours Peony\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not cut any blooms in the first two years. The plant may not bloom at all in the first year. By year three, you can begin to harvest as cut flowers but do not cut more than 30% of them to allow the plant to continue establishing. Year 4 and beyond, you can safely cut up to 70% of the blooms without damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo achieve the best results, harvest the flowers early in the morning when the buds are just beginning to open, displaying a soft, marshmallow-like texture. Use clean, sharp scissors or pruning shears to make a diagonal cut about 12-18 inches down the stem, ensuring a good length for arranging. When harvesting, handle the stems gently to avoid damaging the delicate petals. Place the cut stems immediately in a bucket of cool water to keep them hydrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Duchess de Nemours Peony Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies are toxic if ingested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts RHS Award of Garden Merit signifies that it has been rigorously tested and proven to be a top performer in gardens. They showcase beautiful flowers in the late spring and then offer gorgeous foliage the rest of the growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies are originally native to many parts of Asia but have since become a staple in western gardens for obvious reasons. There are now a wide variety of peonies to choose from, and are sure to please anyone looking for a wonderful perennial cut flower. This variety was bred in France by the renowned horticulturist Calot in 1856. Its long history and continued popularity speak to its enduring appeal and reliability as a garden plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor arranging, use sturdy vases that can support the weight of the large peony flowers. You can also use floral wire or stem supports if needed to keep the blooms upright. Changing the water daily and recutting the stems every few days will help maintain their freshness and beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese can also be called simply ‘Duchess’ or ‘Duchesses’ peonies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"For those wanting a perennial cut flower garden, you really can’t go wrong with peonies. Few other perennials are as reliable and produce as large, beautiful blooms.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDuchess de Nemours Peony Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Duchess de Nemours Peony Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050259189875,"sku":"77155","price":16.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050259222643,"sku":"77186","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Duchess-de-Nemours-Comp.jpg?v=1755027828"},{"product_id":"peony-bulbs-coral-sunset","title":"Peony Bulbs - Coral Sunset","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Coral Sunset’. Coral Sunset Peony Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators and butterflies. Displays pink blooms in the summer (Early to mid-June). Recommended for growing in flower beds. In the landscape peonies are great for use as a cut flower, border, or background plant. It has an upright, bushy growth habit with tolerance to deer and rabbits. Coral Sunset flowers are toxic if consumed by humans, dogs, cats, and horses. These large, semi-double bowl-shaped blooms have elegant, ruffle petals that explode with exciting corally-pink colors. Unlike other peonies, these outstanding and fragrant blooms do not typically need staking, thanks to their strong, sturdy stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Coral Sunset’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches. Dig a generous hole and plant so the top of the roots are covered with no more than 1-2 inches of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and bushy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Humus-rich and well-draining with a neutral pH. Heavy or sandy soil should be amended with compost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-80 F (cold winters and hot summers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coral Sunset Peonies are not commonly plagued by pests or diseases. If they are, it is likely honey fungus or peony wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral Sunset Peony Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink, coral.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early Summer (Early to Mid-June)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rabbit and Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Coral Sunset Peony Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a growing site with full to part sun and good drainage. If you want to grow in heavy or sandy soil, amend with compost to improve both drainage and water retention. A one-time application of bone meal into the soil before planting is recommended for speedy establishment. The location should have enough space to accommodate the 24-48 inch tall and wide bushes at maturity and be sheltered from strong winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe perfect time for planting is early fall, at least six weeks before the arrival of frost to allow them to establish. Dig a hole large enough to accommodate the roots and set the bulb in so that the eyes face toward the sky. Backfill the hole with amended soil so the bulb is no more than 1-2 inches below the surface. Heavily water to settle the soil and remove any large air pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies do not typically need fertilizer but have been known to benefit from an annual compost application. Do a soil test prior to planting and every few years to ensure soil fertility is adequate. Coral Sunset peonies don’t typically need staking but may droop from heavy rains or winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCoral Sunset Peony in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith their vibrant coral-pink blooms that transition to soft peach and ivory, Coral Sunset Peonies make a striking focal point in garden beds or borders. Their eye-catching colors can draw attention and serve as the centerpiece of any garden design. Growing to about 2-3 feet tall, these peonies are perfect for the middle or back of a flower bed, providing a lush backdrop for shorter plants. Their height and full foliage create a lush, layered look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Coral Sunset Peony\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peonies are excellent as cut flowers. Their large, full blooms and long-lasting qualities make them a favorite for floral arrangements and bouquets. They can hold up well in a vase, maintaining their beauty for several days to a week. Do not cut any blooms in the first two years. The plant may not bloom in the first year. By year three, you can begin to harvest cut flowers, but do not cut more than 30% of them to allow the plant to continue establishing. Year 4 and beyond, you can safely cut up to 70% of the blooms without damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo achieve the best results, harvest the flowers early in the morning when the buds are just beginning to open. Use clean, sharp scissors or pruning shears to make a diagonal cut about 12-18 inches down the stem, ensuring a good length for arranging. When harvesting, handle the stems gently to avoid damaging the delicate petals. Place the cut stems in a bucket of cool water to keep them hydrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Coral Sunset Peony Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies, including Coral Sunset Peonies, are not considered edible. Both the flowers and foliage should not be consumed. Ingesting parts of the peony plant can cause digestive issues in humans, including nausea and vomiting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoral Sunset Peonies have won the Award of Garden Merit from the Royal Horticultural Society. This award celebrates the reliability and beauty of this timeless perennial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorically, peonies have been used in traditional Chinese medicine, but modern usage for this purpose is limited and should be cautiously approached. Always consult a healthcare professional before considering any medicinal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peonies can be dried and used in various crafts and decorative items. The drying process preserves their beauty, allowing them to be enjoyed long after the blooming season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese can also simply be called Coral Peonies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies symbolize romance, prosperity, and good fortune in various cultures. They are often used in celebrations and ceremonies for their symbolic meanings, adding a cultural and traditional aspect to their beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"For those wanting a perennial cut flower garden, you really can’t go wrong with peonies. Few other perennials are as reliable and produce as large, beautiful blooms.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCoral Sunset Peony Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Coral Sunset Peony Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050274361459,"sku":"77156","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050274394227,"sku":"77187","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Peony-Coral-Sunset-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451751"},{"product_id":"peony-bulbs-dr-alexander-fleming","title":"Peony Bulbs - Dr. Alexander Fleming","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in October for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Dr. Alexander Flaming’. Dr. Alexander Fleming Peony Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit Resistant. Attracts pollinators and butterflies. Displays pink blooms in the summer (mid to late June). Recommended for growing in flower beds. In the landscape peonies are great for use as a cut flower, border, or background plant. It has an upright, bushy growth habit with tolerance to deer and rabbits. Dr. Alexander Fleming flowers are toxic if consumed by humans, dogs, cats, and horses. This award-winning European favorite is a spectacular, fully double, pink peony born on numerous side buds with a long flowering season. Fantastic for border, cut flower use, and mid-background planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePeony lactiflora\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Dr. Alexander Fleming’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches. Dig a generous hole and plant so the top of the roots are covered with no more than 1-2 inches of soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright and bushy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Humus-rich and well-draining with a neutral pH. Heavy or sandy soil should be amended with compost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-80 F (cold winters and hot summers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Alexander Fleming Peonies are not commonly plagued by pests or diseases. If they are, it is likely honey fungus or peony wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Alexander Fleming Peony Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Summer (Mid to Late June)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rabbit and Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Dr. Alexander Fleming Peony Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure your peonies thrive, select a growing site with full sun exposure and excellent drainage. If you’re dealing with heavy or sandy soil, enhance it with compost for better growth. Before planting, apply bone meal to the soil for a quick establishment. Make sure the location provides enough room for the bushes, which will grow 24-48 Inches tall and wide and are protected from strong winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ideal time to plant peonies is in early fall, at least six weeks before the arrival of frost, giving them ample time to establish. Dig a hole that’s large enough to accommodate the roots, placing the bulb with the eyes facing upwards. Backfill the hole with amended soil, ensuring the bulb is covered no more than two inches below the surface. Water thoroughly to settle the soil and eliminate large air pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile peonies generally don’t require fertilizer, they can benefit from an annual application of compost. Conduct a soil test before planting and every few years to ensure adequate soil fertility. Dr. Alexander Fleming peonies don’t always need staking but can begin drooping with rain or wind. The heavy weight of the large blooms tends to arch the stems toward the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Alexander Fleming Peony in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its striking blooms, the Dr. Alexander Fleming Peony can be used as a focal point in garden beds or borders, drawing attention and adding a touch of elegance. Its height, reaching up to 3 feet, makes it suitable as a background flower in mixed perennial beds, providing a lush backdrop for shorter plants. They can also be used along garden borders or edges, offering a neat and vibrant frame to the overall garden design. When mass-planted, these peonies create a breathtaking display of color and texture, perfect for larger garden spaces or along pathways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Dr. Alexander Fleming Peony\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Alexander Fleming Peonies are exceptional cut flowers renowned for their large, full blooms and longevity. These peonies are highly favored for floral arrangements and bouquets, as they hold up well in a vase, maintaining their beauty for several days to a week. It’s important to note that you should not cut any blooms during the first two years as the plant establishes itself. The plant may not bloom in the first year. By the third year, you can start harvesting cut flower blooms, but limit cutting to no more than 30% of the blooms to allow the plant to continue growing robustly. From the fourth year onward, you can safely cut up to 70% of the blooms without harming the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, harvest the flowers early in the morning when the buds are just starting to open. Use clean, sharp scissors or pruning shears to make a diagonal cut about 12-18 inches down the stem, ensuring an optimal length for arranging. When harvesting, handle the stems with care to avoid damaging the delicate petals. Immediately place the cut stems in a bucket of cool water to keep them hydrated and fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Dr. Alexander Fleming Peony Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeonies, including Dr. Alexander Fleming Peonies, are not considered edible. Both the flowers and foliage should not be consumed, as ingesting parts of the peony plant can cause digestive issues in humans, such as nausea and vomiting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Alexander Fleming Peonies have earned the Award of Garden Merit from the Royal Horticultural Society, celebrating their reliability and beauty as a timeless perennial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorically, peonies have been used in traditional Chinese medicine, though modern usage for this purpose is limited and should be approached with caution. Always consult a healthcare professional before considering any medicinal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peonies can also be dried and used in various crafts and decorative items. The drying process preserves their beauty, allowing them to be enjoyed long after the blooming season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as Chinese peonies and garden peonies, these flowers symbolize romance, prosperity, and good fortune in various cultures. They are often used in celebrations and ceremonies for their symbolic meanings, adding a cultural and traditional aspect to their beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Peonies are beloved by bees and butterflies. They make a wonderful addition to any perennial flower garden.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDr. Alexander Fleming Peony Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Dr. Alexander Fleming Peony Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050309881971,"sku":"77157","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050309914739,"sku":"77188","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Peony-Dr-Alexander-Fleming-comp.jpg?v=1762451752"},{"product_id":"bearded-iris-bulbs-light-blue","title":"Bearded Iris Bulbs -  Light Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e. Light Blue Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. Deer resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays blue-purple-colored blooms in early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in flower beds. Bearded irises are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, background, containers, or as a focal point. It has an upright growth habit with tolerance to drought, deer, and rabbits. Light Blue iris plants are not edible. While getting a true blue iris flower is impossible, these are close! This old-fashioned favorite produces ruffled spring blooms that naturalize over time without becoming invasive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-1 inches. Dig a 4-inch deep trench and position bulbs to peak through at surface level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining soil with a slightly acidic pH of 6.8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bearded irises can be susceptible to iris borers, slugs, snails, and aphids. However, they are generally low-maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Blue Bearded Iris Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple, Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting, and containers (12 inches wide and deep minimum).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Heat, Deer and Rabbit Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Light Blue Bearded Iris Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant your irises at least six weeks before the first hard frost of your area. This allows the rhizomes to establish before the winter sets in. Irises need a spot with full sun and well-draining soil. To improve drainage, amend the soil with coarse sand and\/or compost. Irises also prefer a lightly acidic environment (pH 6.8).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBury the irises lightly in a 4-inch deep trench. The tops of the rhizomes should be exposed, and the roots should spread out and face downward. Complete coverage, no more than 1 inch, is only necessary in very hot climates where the rhizomes may become scorched. Space them 12-24 inches apart to reduce thinning requirements in subsequent years. Watering in the rhizomes settles the soil and encourages prompt root action. Water the irises infrequently but deeply. Many irises will not need supplemental watering beyond local rainfall except in the case of drought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Light Blue Bearded Irises in Containers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor containers, use a roomy pot ( minimum of 12 inches wide and deep) and a medium with good drainage. Fill the pot to 1 inch below the top of the rim. Plant as described above. Water only when the top 2 inches of soil is dry. They will benefit from being overwintered in a garage or shed to protect them from freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLight Blue Bearded Iris in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'Light Blue' Bearded Iris’s tall, stately blooms make it an excellent choice for background plantings in mixed perennial borders, providing a beautiful backdrop for shorter plants. It can also be a focal point in garden beds, drawing attention with its striking color and elegant form. When mass-planted, these irises create a stunning sea of light blue flowers that can significantly impact the landscape design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Light Blue Bearded Iris\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'Light Blue' Bearded Iris is excellent as a cut flower, bringing its beauty indoors. The tall, ruffled blooms add elegance to floral arrangements, and their relatively long vase life makes them a favorite among gardeners and florists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure the longest vase life, harvest the irises when the flower buds are just starting to open and show color. Use a clean, sharp knife or garden shears to avoid crushing the stems. Cut the stems early in the morning when they are fully hydrated. Make a clean cut at a 45-degree angle about 1-2 inches above the rhizome, which helps the plant to recover and encourages new growth. Immediately place the cut stems in a bucket of lukewarm water to prevent wilting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Light Blue Bearded Iris Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIrises are not edible. They cause stomach upset if ingested by humans and are considered toxic to dogs, cats, and horses. Those with sensitive skin are also advised to wear gloves when handling this plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as German irises, bearded irises attract bees and butterflies but deter deer and rabbits. The blooming period lasts up to three weeks in the late spring to early summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn various cultures, the iris symbolizes royalty, wisdom, and hope. It has been used in heraldry and as a national or regional emblem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBearded irises continue to win awards year after year as they wow spring gardeners with their flashy display of blooms thrust heavenward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bearded irises are a great choice for indoor containers due to their light scent. They are not highly fragrant and won’t overwhelm guests, but they are strikingly gorgeous and will certainly impress!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Irises need at least 6 hours of direct sun daily. I planted some irises in my backyard two falls ago, and they bloomed beautifully last spring. However, we made some changes to our backyard layout during that summer, and we didn’t realize it, but the changes cast the irises in shade! They did not bloom this year. I plan to dig them up and replant them somewhere else soon.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLight Blue Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Light Blue Bearded Iris Rhizomes are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050367160435,"sku":"77192","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050367193203,"sku":"77193","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bearded-Iris-Light-Blue-comp.jpg?v=1762451752"},{"product_id":"bearded-iris-bulbs-dark-blue","title":"Bearded Iris Bulbs -  Dark Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e. Dark Blue Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. Deer resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays blue-purple-colored blooms in early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in beds. Bearded irises are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, background, container, or as a focal point. It has an upright growth habit with tolerance to drought and deer. Dark Blue iris plants and flowers are not edible. While naturally getting a true blue flower is impossible, these irises are close! Exploding with a deep indigo color and a bit of striping at the center, these bearded irises are a huge hit. The Dark Blue Bearded Irises are a stunning addition to any garden with their deep, rich blue petals that create a striking contrast against green foliage. These irises are prized not only for their beauty but also for their hardiness and versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-1 inches. Dig a 4-inch deep trench and position bulbs to peak through at surface level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining soil with a slightly acidic pH of 6.8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bearded irises can be susceptible to iris borers, slugs, snails, and aphids. However, they are generally low-maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Blue Bearded Iris Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting, cut flowers, and containers (12 inches wide and deep minimum).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Heat, Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Dark Blue Bearded Iris Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant your irises at least six weeks before the first hard frost in your area for optimal iris growth. This timing gives the rhizomes enough time to establish themselves before winter. Choose a spot with full sun and well-draining soil. To enhance drainage, mix in coarse sand or compost. Irises thrive in slightly acidic soil, with a preferred pH of around 6.8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen planting irises, bury them lightly. Dig a 4-inch deep trench and keep the tops of the rhizomes exposed with the roots spread out and facing downward. Full coverage of the rhizomes is only necessary in extremely hot climates. Never cover them with more than 1 inch of light soil. Space the plants 12-24 inches apart to minimize thinning in the following years. After planting, water the irises to settle the soil and promote quick root growth. Irises prefer infrequent but deep watering. In most cases, local spring rainfall will suffice, but supplemental watering may be required during extreme drought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Dark Blue Bearded Irises in Containers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor container planting, select a spacious pot with a minimum depth of 12 inches and ensure it has good drainage. Fill the pot to 1 inch below the rim. Plant the irises as described above and water only when the top 2 inches of soil are dry. When grown in containers, they benefit from being overwintered in a protected area. Keep the pots in a garage or another sheltered area to protect them from harsh above-ground freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDark Blue Bearded Iris in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dark Blue Bearded Irises offer a dramatic visual impact with their bold color. They are perfect for adding a splash of color to borders, flower beds, and rock gardens. Their intricate blooms can also enhance the beauty of cut flower arrangements, making them a popular choice among florists. They are also attractive to hummingbirds! Dark Blue Bearded Irises can be used in a variety of settings, including as focal points in garden design, mass plantings for a sea of color, or in containers for patios and balconies. Their versatility makes them suitable for different landscape styles, from formal gardens to naturalistic settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Dark Blue Bearded Iris\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dark Blue Bearded Iris is an excellent choice for cut flower arrangements, bringing vibrant color and a touch of elegance to any bouquet. For the best results, harvest the irises when the buds are just starting to open, as this ensures the longest vase life and allows you to enjoy the full bloom indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo harvest, use clean, sharp scissors or pruners and cut the stems at an angle early in the morning or late in the evening when the temperatures are cooler. Place the cut stems immediately in a bucket of lukewarm water. To support the tall and sometimes top-heavy stems in arrangements, use a sturdy vase or floral foam to keep the flowers upright and well-displayed. Additionally, remove any leaves that would be below the waterline to prevent bacterial growth and extend the freshness of your irises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Dark Blue Bearded Iris Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIrises are not edible. They cause stomach upset if ingested by humans and are considered toxic to dogs, cats, and horses. Those with sensitive skin are also advised to wear gloves when handling this plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as German irises, bearded irises attract hummingbirds but deter deer. The blooming period lasts up to three weeks in the late spring to early summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBearded irises often have a subtle, sweet fragrance. The 'Dark Blue' variety typically offers a light, pleasant scent that adds an extra sensory dimension to the garden experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorically, iris petals have produced natural dyes. The flowers can yield different shades depending on the mordant and process used, making them a valuable resource for natural fabric dyeing practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I learned the hard way that they are serious when they say ‘full sun to part shade’ is needed for irises. I have some irises in partial shade, and they bloom beautifully without spreading quickly. On the other hand, the irises I planted in a shadier area don’t bloom at all!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDark Blue Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Dark Blue Bearded Iris Rhizomes are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050477097075,"sku":"77158","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050477129843,"sku":"77189","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bearded-Iris-Dark-Blue-comp.jpg?v=1762451753"},{"product_id":"bearded-iris-bulbs-red","title":"Bearded Iris Bulbs -  Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e. Red Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. Deer resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays red blooms in early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in beds. Bearded irises are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, background, container, or as a focal point. It has an upright growth habit with tolerance to drought and deer. Iris plants and flowers are not edible. This tall, red, bearded iris explodes into an intense maroon color and lightens to a deep pinky peach as spring continues. Also known as Red German Iris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-1 inches. Dig a 4-inch deep trench and position bulbs to peak through at surface level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining soil with a slightly acidic pH of 6.8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bearded irises can be susceptible to iris borers, slugs, snails, and aphids. However, they are generally low-maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Bearded Iris Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, Pink, Maroon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, beds, mass planting, cut flowers, and containers (12 inches wide and deep minimum).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Heat, Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Red Bearded Iris Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant your irises at least 6 weeks before the first hard fall frost in your area for optimal iris growth. This timing gives the rhizomes enough time to establish themselves before winter sets in. Choose a spot with full sun and well-draining soil. To enhance drainage, mix in coarse sand or compost. Irises flourish in slightly acidic soil, with a preferred pH of around 6.8, but are also adaptable to neutral soils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen planting irises, bury them lightly. Dig a 4-inch deep trench and place them so the tops of the rhizomes are exposed and the roots spread out downward. Full coverage of the rhizomes is only necessary in extremely hot climates to protect them from scorching. Do not cover with more than 1 inch of soil in this case. Space the plants 12-24 inches apart to minimize thinning needs in the following years. After planting, water the irises to settle the soil and promote quick root growth. Irises prefer infrequent but deep watering. In most cases, local rainfall will suffice, but supplemental watering may be required during extreme drought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Red Bearded Irises in Containers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor container planting, select a spacious pot with a minimum of 12 inches deep and wide. Ensure it has good drainage. Fill the pot to about 1 inch below the rim with well-draining potting soil. Plant the irises as described above and water only when the top 2 inches of soil are dry. While irises can bloom indoors in the spring, they benefit from being overwintered outdoors. Keep the pots in a garage or another sheltered area to prevent freezing through. Divide and repot the irises every few years to keep them healthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Bearded Iris in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its bold color and unique appearance, the Red Bearded Iris is often a focal point in garden beds and borders. Its dramatic blooms draw the eye and can create a stunning visual centerpiece. It can also be used as a background flower due to its height, offering color in the spring and structural foliage in the summer. This makes it a great backdrop for shorter plants. When mass-planted, they create a breathtaking sea of reds, pinks, and maroons that can dominate a landscape, perfect for large garden areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Bearded Iris\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest the irises when the buds are just starting to open. This ensures that the flowers will last longer in the arrangement and fully bloom indoors. The best time to cut irises is early in the morning when the temperatures are cooler, and the plants are well-hydrated. Use clean, sharp garden shears or a knife to make a clean cut. Cut the stems at an angle, about 1 to 2 inches above the base of the plant. This allows for better water absorption. Place the cut stems in a bucket of lukewarm water immediately after cutting to prevent wilting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the vase or container is filled with fresh, lukewarm water. Change the water every two days to keep the flowers fresh. Add floral preservatives to the water to provide nutrients and keep bacteria at bay. If the stems are particularly tall and heavy, consider using floral wire or stakes to support the blooms and keep them upright in the arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Bearded Iris Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Bearded Iris is not edible. Both the flowers and the foliage are toxic if ingested by humans or animals. They contain compounds like iridin, which can cause gastrointestinal distress and other health issues. The Red Bearded Iris is also toxic to pets if ingested, including dogs and cats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as German irises, bearded irises attract hummingbirds but deter deer. The blooming period lasts up to three weeks in the late spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBearded irises often have a subtle, sweet fragrance. The 'Red' cultivar typically offers a light, pleasant scent that adds an extra sensory dimension to the garden experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHistorically, parts of the iris plant, particularly the rhizomes, have been used to produce dyes. Although not common today, this can be an interesting use for those interested in natural dyeing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Irises, including bearded irises, are often used in art and literature as symbols of faith, hope, wisdom, and valor. For example, one of my favorite artists, Vincent Van Gogh, created a painting titled ‘Irises’ during a particularly difficult time. The painting is often interpreted as a symbol of hope and renewal, reflecting Van Gogh’s own search for solace and healing.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Bearded Iris Rhizomes are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050517663859,"sku":"77159","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050517696627,"sku":"77190","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bearded-Iris-Red-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451753"},{"product_id":"bearded-iris-bulbs-yellow","title":"Bearded Iris Bulbs -  Yellow","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e365+ Days to maturity. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e. Yellow Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. Deer resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays yellow blooms in early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in beds. Bearded irises are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, background, container, or as a focal point. It has an upright growth habit with tolerance to drought and deer. Iris plants and flowers are not edible. The Yellow Bearded German iris will dazzle you for about three weeks in the spring. Resistant to deer and attractive to hummingbirds and butterflies, it will only add more beauty to your yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eIris germanica\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0-1 inches. Dig a 4-inch deep trench and position bulbs to peak through at surface level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining soil with a slightly acidic pH of 6.8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eBearded irises can be susceptible to iris borers, slugs, snails, and aphids. However, they are generally low-maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e'Yellow' Bearded Iris Color:\u003c\/strong\u003eYellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, beds, mass planting, cut flowers, and containers (12 inches wide and deep minimum).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drought, Heat, Deer Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Yellow Bearded Iris Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Bearded Irises are primarily grown outdoors as they thrive in garden beds and borders, benefiting from the natural sunlight and air circulation. These irises should be planted in late summer to early fall, ideally about six weeks before the first frost. Dig a trench 4 inches deep. Plant the rhizomes so that the tops are barely covered with soil or slightly exposed, no more than 1 inch deep. They require well-draining soil with a slightly acidic pH. Amend heavy clay soils with organic matter or sand to improve drainage, as irises do not tolerate soggy conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace the rhizomes about 12-18 inches apart to allow for proper air circulation and growth. Yellow Bearded Irises need full sun, at least 6-8 hours a day, to bloom optimally. They have a moderate water requirement, preferring moist soil during the growing season but needing less water once established. Most irises don’t need supplemental watering beyond local rainfall except in times of drought.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best health year to year, ensure the irises are planted in a location with good air circulation and avoid overhead watering to reduce the risk of fungal diseases. Mulching is generally not recommended for irises as it can retain too much moisture. Fertilize lightly in early spring and after blooming with a balanced, low-nitrogen fertilizer. Regularly remove any dead or diseased foliage to maintain plant health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Yellow Bearded Irises in Containers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a large, well-draining container with a minimum depth of 12 inches to accommodate the rhizomes and provide room for root growth. Use a high-quality potting mix amended with perlite or sand to ensure excellent drainage. Plant the rhizomes with the tops slightly exposed, just as you would in the ground, and space them adequately if planting multiple rhizomes in a single container. Place the container in a location that receives full sun for at least 6-8 hours a day. Water the container when the top two inches of soil has dried. Fertilize sparingly with a balanced, low-nitrogen fertilizer in early spring and after blooming. Ensure good air circulation around the plants to prevent fungal diseases. Overwintering in a garage or other sheltered area is recommended, as containers lack the protection and insulation of traditional ground plantings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eYellow Bearded Iris in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow Bearded Irises are versatile and striking additions to the garden, often used as focal points or in borders and edges due to their tall, eye-catching blooms. They attract pollinators like bees and butterflies with their vibrant color and sweet, delicate fragrance. While not particularly effective at repelling specific pests, they are relatively pest-resistant themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Yellow Bearded Iris\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Yellow Bearded Irises when the buds are just beginning to open, usually when the first flower in the cluster starts to unfurl. This ensures that the blooms will remain open and last longer in the arrangement. The best time to cut irises is early in the morning when the temperatures are cooler, and the plants are well-hydrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the vase or container is filled with fresh, lukewarm water. Change the water every two days to keep the flowers fresh. Re-cut the stems every few days, trimming about a half inch off the bottom at an angle to improve water uptake. If the stems are particularly tall and heavy, consider using floral wire or stakes to support the blooms and keep them upright in the arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Yellow Bearded Iris Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 'Yellow' Bearded Iris is not edible. Both the flowers and the foliage are toxic if ingested by humans or animals. They contain compounds like iridin, which can cause gastrointestinal distress and other health issues. The Yellow Bearded Iris is also toxic to pets, including dogs and cats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as German irises, bearded irises attract hummingbirds but deter deer. The blooming period lasts up to three weeks in the late spring and again for a few weeks in the fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile irises are commonly called bulbs or roots, they are actually rhizomes. Although this doesn’t change much about how they are grown, it impacts a few things. If you are a bulb pro, just be sure to read and follow the planting directions carefully!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"To create a sunny yellow spring display, interplant Yellow Bearded Irises, Yellow Tulips (such as Novi Sun), and classic yellow daffodils (such as Carlton or Mixed Trumpets). The cohesive color palette is adorable. You will have people stopping to admire your work all spring long!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eYellow Bearded Iris Flower Rhizomes Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Rhizome Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Yellow Bearded Iris Rhizoms are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050537717875,"sku":"77160","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Bulbs","offer_id":42050537750643,"sku":"77191","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bearded-Iris-Yellow-comp.jpg?v=1762451755"},{"product_id":"easter-lily-bulbs-miracle","title":"Easter Lily Bulbs - Miracle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Bulb Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Mid-December for indoor or winter planting in warm climates. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-120 Days to maturity. Indoor Winter Planting. Easter and Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eLilium longiflorum\u003c\/em\u003e 'Miracle'. Miracle Easter Lily \u003cstrong\u003ePre-Cooled\u003c\/strong\u003e Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Pre-cooled bulbs can also be grown as an annual indoors in all zones with the proper care. Easter lilies are commonly grown indoors from cooled bulbs to bloom around Easter Sunday. The flowering indoor plants can be transplanted after the last spring frost to return with their perennial habit year after year. They display 4-6 large, trumpet-shaped, white blooms per stem in the late spring to early summer. Recommended for growing in flower beds and containers. In the landscape, Easter Lilies are great for use as a border, bedding, background, or focal point plant. It has an upright, rhizome-spreading growth habit. Easter Lily flowers are toxic to cats and not recommended for culinary use. Easter Lilies can also be called Trumpet or Bermuda lilies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eLilium longiflorum\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Miracle’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Annual houseplant in zones 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11, and 12.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, rhizome spreading \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, evenly moist, fertile soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e These lilies can be susceptible to pests like aphids, lily beetles, and spider mites. However, they are not particularly pest-prone and can be managed with regular monitoring and organic treatments if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle Easter Lily Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring to early summer. Commonly forced indoors to bloom around Easter Sunday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easter Lily bulbs may be planted outdoors, but our bulbs are shipped for indoor forcing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Easter Lily bulbs are commonly grown indoors as a houseplant or for transplanting outdoors as a perennial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Background, borders, mass planting, ground cover, containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Although generally hardy, Easter Lilies are not known to have particular tolerances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Miracle Easter Lily Flower Bulbs Indoors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEaster lilies are commonly grown indoors to bloom earlier than normal for Easter Sunday. To bloom early, the bulbs need to be pre-cooled. \u003cstrong\u003eThese are pre-cooled bulbs\u003c\/strong\u003e that have been stored at 35-36F for a minimum of 6 weeks and are ready to be planted for blooming around Easter. Pot them up about 17 weeks before Easter. Use a well-draining potting mix, plant the bulbs 4-6 inches deep, and place them in a cool, dark place (40-50 F) for about 6 weeks to establish roots. Gradually expose them to light and warmth to encourage blooming. Keep them at around 60-62 F for at least 3 weeks. On Palm Sunday, shade the lilies to prepare for an outstanding Easter bloom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTransplanting Miracle Easter Lily in the Outdoor Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese lilies thrive in bright, indirect sunlight. Planting outdoors in a spot with partial shade, where they can receive morning sun and afternoon shade, is ideal. Consistent moisture is key; keep the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged. Mulching can help retain soil moisture and keep the roots cool. To improve perennial blooming power, apply a balanced fertilizer (10-10-10) in early spring and again after the blooming period. In colder climates, apply a layer of mulch to protect the bulbs during winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'Miracle' Easter Lilies typically bloom around Easter if forced indoors, or in late spring to early summer if planted outdoors. Deadheading, or removing spent blooms, is recommended to encourage new growth. This will also keep the plant looking tidy. Some lilies in ideal conditions will put out a second flush of blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMiracle Easter Lily in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'Miracle' Easter Lilies are often used in gardens as striking focal points due to their tall, elegant stems and large, trumpet-shaped white flowers. They are best planted in groups for a stunning display, often placed in borders or as background plants to provide height and structure. Their fragrant blooms emit a sweet, subtle scent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Miracle Easter Lily\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Easter Lilies are ideal for cut flower arrangements due to their tall, sturdy stems and elegant, fragrant white blooms. Harvest the lilies early in the morning to ensure the best quality cut flowers when the buds are just beginning to open. Use a sharp, clean knife or scissors to cut the stems at an angle, leaving a few leaves on the plant to ensure it continues to gather energy. Place the cut stems immediately in water to keep them fresh. Use floral wire or stakes to keep the stems upright for support in arrangements. Removing the pollen-bearing anthers can prevent staining and prolong the life of the blooms. These lilies add a touch of sophistication and a lovely fragrance to any floral display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Miracle Easter Lily Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Easter Lilies are not safe for consumption. Neither the flowers nor the foliage and stems are edible. In fact, all parts of the Easter lily are highly toxic if ingested, particularly to cats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEaster lilies as a species have been celebrated for their symbolic importance and horticultural value. They are often recognized for their beauty and are a staple in many springtime and Easter floral displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEaster lilies hold deep cultural and religious significance. They are prominently featured in Christian Easter celebrations, symbolizing purity, resurrection, and the renewal of life. Churches often use these lilies in their Easter decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach trumpet-shaped flower typically measures between 5 to 7 inches in length and about 5 inches in diameter at the widest point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are often forced indoors to bloom in time for Easter. After blooming, they can be transplanted outdoors, where they can continue to grow and bloom in subsequent years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"In the landscape, these lilies pair beautifully with flowers blooming in pastel shades. I love seeing them grouped around the base of a mailbox or birdhouse pole.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMiracle Easter Lily Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Miracle Easter Lily Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Bulb","offer_id":42050542108787,"sku":"77161","price":8.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/miracle-easter-lily-comp.jpg?v=1762451755"},{"product_id":"hyacinth-bulbs-mixed","title":"Hyacinth Bulbs - Mixed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-105 Days. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eHyacinthus orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e. Mixed Hyacinth Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Displays multi-colored blooms in the early spring. Recommended for growing in beds and containers. In the landscape, hyacinths are great for mass plantings, borders, rock gardens, containers, and cut flowers. It has a clump-forming, upright growth habit with tolerance to cold and high altitude conditions. Hyacinth flowers are toxic if ingested. Hyacinths are renowned for their intensely fragrant flowers and vibrant colors. They are a feast for both the eyes and the nose. They are among the earliest flowers to bloom in spring, bringing color and life to gardens after the winter months. Can also be found under names such as Dutch hyacinth, common hyacinth, and garden hyacinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eHyacinth orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common hyacinth pests include aphids and bulb mites. However, hyacinths are generally hardy and pest-free. They deter rodents and deer due to their toxicity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Hyacinth Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, pink, white, and purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this bulb is commonly grown indoors as a houseplant or outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mass plantings, borders, rock gardens, containers, and cut flowers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold and high altitude\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Mixed Hyacinth Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinth should be planted in the fall, 6-8 weeks before your first fall frost. Plant the bulbs 6 inches deep in well-drained, fertile soil. Space the bulbs about 6 inches apart to allow for adequate growth. Hyacinths prefer full sun to partial shade, making them adaptable to various garden spots. Indoors, plant the bulbs at soil level in pots with good drainage, ensuring they receive plenty of sunlight once they begin to sprout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths bloom in early to mid-spring, producing dense spikes of fragrant flowers in vibrant colors such as blue, pink, white, and purple. The plants grow up to 10 inches tall with an upright, clump-forming habit. Deadheading is unnecessary, but removing spent flowers can help maintain the plant's appearance. To improve perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after flowering, as this process helps the bulbs store energy for the next season. Additionally, apply a balanced fertilizer in the fall and ensure proper watering during dry periods to maintain bulb health. For optimal health and consistent blooming, mulch the soil to retain moisture and protect the bulbs from extreme temperatures, ensuring a stunning display year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMixed Hyacinth in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths are highly versatile and are often used as focal points in garden beds, borders, and mass plantings due to their striking, dense spikes of vibrant, fragrant flowers. They are particularly effective when planted in groups, creating a stunning display of color in early spring. Their strong fragrance is sweet and pleasing, making them a delightful addition to sensory gardens. Hyacinths attract pollinators like bees but are deer and rabbit-resistant due to their toxicity, thus deterring these common garden pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mixed Hyacinth Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths are excellent for cut flower arrangements, offering vibrant colors and a sweet, strong fragrance that can enhance any bouquet. To harvest hyacinths for floral displays, cut the stems when the flower spikes are about halfway open, usually in the early morning when the flowers are most hydrated. Use a sharp knife or garden shears to cut the stems at the base, and immediately place them in a container of lukewarm water. For the best results in arrangements, remove any foliage that would be below the waterline to prevent bacterial growth. Additionally, hyacinths have sturdy stems that usually don’t require extra support, but if needed, floral wire can be gently wrapped around the stem to provide additional stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mixed Hyacinth Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths are not safe for consumption. Both the bulbs and foliage contain oxalic acid and alkaloids, which are toxic to humans and pets if ingested. Ingesting any part of the plant can cause symptoms such as nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths have been cultivated since ancient times and were highly prized during the Victorian era for their beauty and fragrance. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths can also be called dutch hyacinth, common hyacinth, and garden hyacinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blooms of hyacinths are typically quite dense and compact. Each flower spike, or raceme, comprises numerous small, star-shaped flowers. These spikes can range in size but generally measure about 4-8 inches in length. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe intense fragrance of hyacinth flowers has been used in producing perfumes and scented oils, making them valuable in the fragrance industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"One of my favorite reasons to go to Frederick Meijer Gardens in April is to see (and smell) their hyacinths!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMixed Hyacinth Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mixed Hyacinth Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 Bulbs","offer_id":42050549383283,"sku":"77162","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":45027020537971,"sku":"83929","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027020570739,"sku":"83930","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Hyacinth-Mixed-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451756"},{"product_id":"hyacinth-bulbs-blue-jacket","title":"Hyacinth Bulbs - Blue Jacket","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-105 Days. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eHyacinthus orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e 'Blue Jacket'. Blue Jacket Hyacinth Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Looking for plants that are deer and rabbit-resistant? Consider hyacinths! These stunning flowers showcase beautiful lavender-blue blooms early in the spring. Hyacinths are incredibly versatile, thriving in beds, borders, rock gardens, and containers. They also make excellent cut flowers, adding a burst of fragrance and color indoors. Hyacinths have a clump-forming, upright growth habit and can withstand cold and high-altitude conditions. Dutch hyacinths, in particular, are celebrated for their intense fragrance and vibrant colors. They are one of the earliest flowers to bloom in spring. Hyacinth flowers are toxic if ingested, so keep them out of reach of pets and children. These can also be known as Dutch hyacinths, common hyacinths, or garden hyacinths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eHyacinth orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e 'Blue Jacket'\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003ePerennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common hyacinth pests include aphids and bulb mites. However, hyacinths are generally hardy and pest-free. They deter rodents and deer due to their toxicity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e'Blue Jacket' Hyacinth Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, lavender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this bulb is commonly grown indoors as a houseplant or outdoors in the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mass plantings, borders, rock gardens, containers, and cut flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold and high altitude\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Blue Jacket Hyacinth Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinth should be planted 6-8 weeks before your first fall frost. Plant the bulbs 6-8 inches deep in well-drained, fertile soil, spacing them about 6 inches apart for adequate growth. Hyacinths prefer full sun to partial shade, making them adaptable to various garden spots. Indoors, plant the bulbs at soil level in pots with good drainage, ensuring they receive plenty of sunlight once they begin to sprout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadheading is unnecessary, but removing spent flowers can improve the plant's appearance. To maximize perennial blooming power, allow the foliage to die back naturally after flowering, as this process helps the bulbs store energy for the next season. Apply a balanced fertilizer in the fall and ensure proper watering during dry periods to maintain bulb health. For optimal health and consistent blooming, mulch the soil to retain moisture and protect the bulbs from extreme temperatures, ensuring a stunning display year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBlue Jacket Hyacinth in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths are highly versatile and are often used as focal points in garden beds, borders, and mass plantings due to their striking, dense spikes of vibrant, fragrant flowers. They are particularly effective when planted in groups, creating a stunning display of color in early spring. Their strong fragrance is sweet and pleasing, making them a delightful addition to sensory gardens. Hyacinths attract pollinators like bees but are deer and rabbit-resistant due to their toxicity, thus deterring these common garden pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Jacket Hyacinth Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Jacket Hyacinths add vibrant color and a lovely scent to any floral arrangement. Their dense, upright spikes of blooms pair beautifully with other spring flowers like tulips, daffodils, and ranunculus. The optimal time to harvest Blue Jacket Hyacinths for cut flowers is when the flower spikes are about half to three-quarters open. Hyacinths have relatively short, soft stems that can bend or break. Using floral wire and a support grid within the vase can help keep the stems tall and upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Jacket Hyacinth Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Jacket Hyacinths are not safe for consumption. The flowers, stems, and foliage contain toxic compounds if ingested by humans and animals. Eating any part of the hyacinth can cause symptoms such as nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Jacket Hyacinths have been recognized for their exceptional beauty and performance in the garden. They have won the prestigious Award of Garden Merit from the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS). This award signifies their reliable performance, stability, and overall excellence as a garden plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths can also be called dutch hyacinth, common hyacinth, and garden hyacinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blooms of 'Blue Jacket' Hyacinths are dense spikes that can grow up to 10 inches tall. Each spike has numerous small, star-shaped flowers that create a full, lush appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"I feel like ‘Blue Jacket’ Hyacinths are some of the most classic and nostalgic colors. They pair well but can also hold up well on their own!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Jacket Hyacinth Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Jacket Hyacinth Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 Bulbs","offer_id":42050552660083,"sku":"77163","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":45027024633971,"sku":"83931","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027024666739,"sku":"83932","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/blue-jacket-comp.jpg?v=1762451756"},{"product_id":"hyacinth-bulbs-carnegie-top-white","title":"Hyacinth Bulbs - Carnegie\/Top White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-105 Days. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eHyacinthus orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e 'Carnegie'. Top White or Carnegie Hyacinth Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays white-colored blooms in early spring. Recommended for growing in beds, containers, and pots. Carnegie Hyacinths are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, bedding, or container specimen. It has a compact, upright clumping growth habit with tolerance to cold and high altitude conditions. Top White Hyacinth flowers are toxic if ingested by humans or pets. The Royal Horticultural Society has awarded 'Carnegie' hyacinths the AGM, recognizing their reliable performance, excellent qualities, and ease of growth. This same white hyacinth can be called ‘Carnegie,’ ‘Top White’ and ‘White Pearl’.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eHyacinth orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e 'Top White'\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, clump-forming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common hyacinth pests include aphids and bulb mites. However, hyacinths are generally hardy and pest-free. They deter rodents and deer due to their toxicity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e'Top White' Hyacinth Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this bulb is commonly grown indoors as a houseplant or outdoors in the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mass plantings, borders, rock gardens, containers, and cut flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold and high altitude conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO 'Carnegie\/Top White' Hyacinth Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarnegie Hyacinth bulbs are primarily grown outdoors but can also be forced indoors for early blooms. For outdoor planting, it's best to plant bulbs 6-8 weeks before the first frost in the fall. Plant the bulbs 6 inches deep in well-drained, moderately fertile soil. Space the bulbs about 6 inches apart to ensure they have enough room to grow. Hyacinths thrive in full sun to partial shade, with at least 6 hours of direct sunlight daily for optimal growth. These plants bloom in early to mid-spring, offering a stunning display of pure white, fragrant flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo improve perennial blooming power, ensure the bulbs are planted in a location with good drainage to prevent bulb rot. After the flowers have faded, allow the foliage to die back naturally, which helps the bulb store energy for the next year. Applying a balanced fertilizer in early spring and again after flowering can support healthy growth and blooming. Deadheading is unnecessary, but removing spent flowers can keep the garden tidy. For pot forcing, plant bulbs in pots with well-drained soil and chill them at 35-48 F for 10-12 weeks. Once the chilling period is complete, bring the pots to a bright, warm area to encourage blooming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCarnegie Hyacinth in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarnegie Hyacinths are adaptable and can be used in various ways in the garden. Thanks to their dense, upright flower spikes and pure white, fragrant blooms, they are often planted as focal points or in mass plantings for a dramatic spring display. They also work well as border or edge plants, adding a touch of elegance to garden beds and pathways. Hyacinths are highly fragrant, emitting a sweet, intoxicating scent that is particularly strong in the early morning and evening. They attract pollinators such as bees, enhancing the garden's ecosystem, but they are also deer and rabbit-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Carnegie White Hyacinth Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarnegie Hyacinths make excellent cut flowers due to their strong stems and fragrant, pure white blooms. Harvest the flowers when the bottom florets are just beginning to open for the best use in arrangements. To harvest, use a sharp knife or garden shears to cut the stems at the base early in the morning when the plants are hydrated. Place the cut stems immediately in a bucket of lukewarm water to keep them fresh. When arranging, remove any foliage that will be below the waterline in the vase to prevent decay. For added support, especially if the stems are on the shorter side, use floral wire foam in the vase to help keep the hyacinths upright and well-positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Carnegie Hyacinth Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarnegie Hyacinths are primarily known for their ornamental value in gardens and as cut flowers, but they are not edible and are considered toxic to humans and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarnegie Hyacinths have received the Award of Garden Merit (AGM) from the Royal Horticultural Society, highlighting their dependable performance, superior qualities, and ease of cultivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths can also be called dutch hyacinth, common hyacinth, and garden hyacinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blooms of 'Top White\/Carnegie' Hyacinths are typically about 4-6 inches long, forming dense clusters of small, star-shaped flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"These white hyacinths are perfect for sprinkling into spring displays. Plant them alongside pink tulips and yellow daffodils for a stunning combination that can eradicate anyone’s winter blues.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e'Carnegie\/Top White' Hyacinth Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO 'Carnegie\/Top White' Hyacinth Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 Bulbs","offer_id":42050558066803,"sku":"77164","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":45027030892659,"sku":"83937","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027030925427,"sku":"83938","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Hyacinth-Carnegie-comp.jpg?v=1762451758"},{"product_id":"hyacinth-bulbs-pink-fondant","title":"Hyacinth Bulbs - Pink Fondant","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in Late October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-105 Days. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eHyacinthus orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e. Pink Fondant Hyacinth Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays light pink-colored blooms from early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in beds, containers, and pots. Pink Fondant Hyacinths are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, bedding, or container specimen. It has a compact, upright clumping growth habit with tolerance to cold and high altitude conditions. Pink Fondant Hyacinth flowers are toxic if ingested by humans or pets. This variety is known for its uniformity and consistency in color, adding a touch of elegance to garden beds and containers. The scent is often described as heady and intoxicating, making it a delightful addition to any garden or indoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eHyacinth orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common hyacinth pests include aphids and bulb mites. However, hyacinths are generally hardy and pest-free. They deter rodents and deer due to their toxicity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink Fondant Hyacinth Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this bulb is commonly grown indoors as a houseplant or outdoors in the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mass plantings, borders, rock gardens, containers, and cut flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold and high altitude\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Pink Fondant Hyacinth Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinth bulbs should be planted in the fall, around 6-8 weeks before the first frost, to allow them to establish roots before the ground freezes. The bulbs need to be planted about 6 inches deep with the pointed end facing up and spaced 6 inches apart to allow for growth. They thrive in well-draining soil, preferably sandy or loamy, requiring full sun and partial shade. Ensuring the soil is well-drained is crucial, as waterlogged soil can cause the bulbs to rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen planted outdoors, Pink Fondant Hyacinths typically bloom in early to mid-spring. Deadheading spent flowers is recommended to promote healthy growth and improve perennial blooming power, which helps the plant conserve energy for the next blooming cycle. After the foliage has naturally died back, bulbs should be left in the ground to go dormant. Applying a balanced fertilizer after blooming and maintaining consistent watering, especially during dry periods, will also enhance their performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo force Pink Fondant Hyacinths indoors, bulbs must be pre-chilled at around 40-45 F for 10-12 weeks, mimicking their natural winter dormancy. After chilling, plant the bulbs in pots with well-draining potting soil, exposing the top third of the bulb. Place the pots in a cool, dark place until shoots appear, then move them to a sunny location. Water indoor forcing bulbs thoroughly at planting, keep the soil lightly moist during chilling, and water regularly but lightly once growth and blooming begin, ensuring the soil remains evenly moist but not waterlogged. Indoor-forced hyacinths will bloom in late winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePink Fondant Hyacinth in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pink Fondant Hyacinth is a versatile and fragrant addition to any garden, often used as a focal point or mass-planted for a striking display of early spring color. Its dense clusters of soft pink, highly fragrant flowers make it ideal for borders, edges, and container gardens. The sweet, heady scent of hyacinths is a major attraction, enhancing sensory gardens and providing a delightful aroma. While they attract pollinators like bees, they are generally deer and rabbit-resistant due to their toxicity. These flowers serve beautifully as cut flowers for indoor arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Pink Fondant Hyacinth Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePink Fondant Hyacinths are excellent for cut flower arrangements due to their sturdy stems and intoxicating fragrance. Harvest the flowers in the early morning when the buds are just starting to open to ensure the best quality. Cut the stems at a diagonal angle with a sharp knife or pruners, leaving as much foliage as possible on the plant to support bulb health. Immediately place the cut stems in a bucket of lukewarm water. For arranging, support the hyacinth stems with floral wire if needed, as their weighty flower clusters can sometimes cause them to droop. Keep the arrangements in a cool location and change the water every couple of days to extend the freshness of the blooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Pink Fondant Hyacinth Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths have a rich history and are native to the eastern Mediterranean region, including parts of Turkey, Syria, and Lebanon. They were brought to Europe in the 16th century and became extremely popular during the 18th century, especially in the Netherlands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePink Fondant Hyacinths, while primarily used for their ornamental beauty and fragrance, have no edible parts and are not safe for consumption. Both the bulbs and the entire plant are toxic if ingested by humans or pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths can also be called dutch hyacinth, common hyacinth, and garden hyacinth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blooms of Pink Fondant Hyacinths are dense, cylindrical clusters that typically measure around 8-10 inches in height, each floret being about an inch across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Hyacinths are one of the first flowers to burst in the spring. This unique ability makes them perfect for teaching children about plants! While they cannot be ingested, they are fragrant and beautiful.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePink Fondant Hyacinth Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Pink Fondant Hyacinth Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 Bulbs","offer_id":42050560524403,"sku":"77165","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":45027026763891,"sku":"83933","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027026796659,"sku":"83934","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Hyacinth-Pink-Surprise-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451758"},{"product_id":"hyacinth-bulbs-gipsy-princess","title":"Hyacinth Bulbs - Gipsy Princess","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff2a00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pre-order item that is expected to ship in La Yte October to November for fall planting. Other seeds, supplies, or kits ordered with this product will ship separately. \u003cem\u003eThis product only ships to the lower 48 states. No shipping outside the USA. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-105 Days. Fall Planting. Spring Blooming \u003cem\u003eHyacinthus orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e 'Gipsy Princess’. Gipsy Princess Hyacinth Flower Bulbs. Non-GMO, hybrid. Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Deer and rabbit resistant. Attracts pollinators. Displays light pink-colored blooms from early to mid-spring. Recommended for growing in beds, containers, and pots. Gipsy Princess Hyacinths are great for use in the landscape as a cut flower, border, bedding, or container specimen. It has a compact, upright clumping growth habit with tolerance to cold and high altitude conditions. Gipsy Princess Hyacinth flowers are toxic if ingested by humans or pets. Gipsy Princess Hyacinths are perfect for adding a splash of color to garden beds and borders. Their bright blooms can create stunning visual interest and complement other spring flowers. They also do well in containers, making them a great choice for patios, balconies, or any small garden spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eHyacinth orientalis\u003c\/em\u003e 'Gipsy Princess’\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perennial in zones 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Common hyacinth pests include aphids and bulb mites. However, hyacinths are generally hardy and pest-free. They deter rodents and deer due to their toxicity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e'Gipsy Princess' Hyacinth Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this bulb can be forced to bloom indoors or grown outdoors in the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mass plantings, borders, rock gardens, containers, and cut flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cold and high altitude\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Gipsy Princess Hyacinth Flower Bulbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant hyacinth the bulbs in the fall, about 6-8 weeks before the first hard frost, allowing them to establish roots before the ground freezes. Plant the bulbs 6 inches deep with the pointed end facing up, and space them 6 inches apart to ensure adequate growth. Gipsy Princess Hyacinths thrive in well-draining soil, preferably sandy or loamy, requiring full sun to partial shade. Proper drainage is essential to prevent bulb rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoors, Gipsy Princess Hyacinths typically bloom in early to mid-spring. To promote healthy growth and enhance perennial blooming, deadhead spent flowers. This helps the plant conserve energy for the next blooming cycle. Allow the foliage to die back naturally, and leave the bulbs in the ground to go dormant. Applying a balanced fertilizer after blooming and maintaining consistent watering, especially during dry periods, will improve their performance and ensure robust growth in the following season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo force Gipsy Princess Hyacinths indoors, pre-chill the bulbs at 40-45 F for 10-12 weeks to mimic their natural winter dormancy. After chilling, plant the bulbs in pots with well-draining potting soil, exposing the top third of the bulb. Initially, place the pots in a cool, dark location until shoots appear. Once the shoots are visible, move the pots to a sunny spot. Water the bulbs thoroughly when planting and moisten the soil during the chilling period. Once growth and blooming begin, water regularly but lightly to moisten the soil, avoiding waterlogging. Indoor-forced hyacinths will bloom in late winter, bringing a touch of spring to your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGipsy Princess Hyacinth in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGipsy Princess Hyacinths are a versatile addition to any flower garden, serving as a vibrant focal point or border\/edge plant due to their soft yellow blooms and medium height. Their sweet, intoxicating fragrance makes them a delightful sensory addition to gardens and an excellent choice for cut flowers, bringing the lovely scent indoors. While they attract beneficial pollinators like bees, they are generally resistant to deer, rabbits, and other woodland creatures, which tend to avoid them. Although not used for medicinal or culinary purposes, their value lies in their aesthetic and aromatic contributions to garden spaces. These hyacinths can be mass-planted for a stunning display or strategically placed to enhance garden beds and borders' visual and sensory appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLandscape Use Of Gipsy Princess Hyacinth Flowers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGipsy Princess Hyacinths are a versatile landscape plant, commonly used as a striking focal point or border plant due to their vibrant yellow blooms and medium height. Their vivid color and sweet fragrance make them ideal for mass planting, creating a stunning visual display when grouped together. They are also effective as bedding plants, adding a burst of spring color to garden beds and borders. While not typically used as ground cover, their robust presence can enhance any garden layout, providing a beautiful and aromatic addition to the landscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Gipsy Princess Hyacinth Garden Bulbs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGipsy Princess Hyacinths are not safe for consumption. Both the bulbs and foliage contain oxalic acid and other compounds that are toxic if ingested by humans or pets, potentially causing symptoms such as stomach upset, skin irritation, and more severe reactions if a large quantity is consumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyacinths can also be called dutch hyacinth, common hyacinth, and garden hyacinth. Beyond their primary use in gardens and as cut flowers, they can also be utilized in floral arrangements for special occasions, bringing a unique color and delightful fragrance to bouquets and centerpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blooms of the Gipsy Princess Hyacinth are typically around 4-6 inches tall and packed densely with florets, creating a lush, full appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMake Planting Bulbs Easy with a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/japanese-bulb-planter-garden-hand-tools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBulb Planter Hand Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"For an extra burst of growth and blooms, try giving your hyacinth bulbs a pre-planting soak in lukewarm water for 2-3 minutes before planting them. This can help jumpstart their root development and lead to stronger, more vibrant flowers in the spring!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGipsy Princess Hyacinth Flower Bulbs Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Bulb Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Gipsy Princess Hyacinth Bulbs are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5 Bulbs","offer_id":42050568159347,"sku":"77166","price":13.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Bulbs","offer_id":45027029057651,"sku":"83935","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Bulbs","offer_id":45027029090419,"sku":"83936","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Hyacinth-Gipsy-Princess-wm-comp.jpg?v=1762451759"}],"url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/live-plants-bulbs\/yellow.oembed?page=2","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}